3900 & 5900 Series Base Station Component Description (10) (PDF) - EN

3900 & 5900 Series Base Station
Component Description
Issue 10
Date 2022-08-09
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2022. All rights reserved.
No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior
written consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Trademarks and Permissions
and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective
holders.
Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and
the customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be
within the purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements,
information, and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees
or representations of any kind, either express or implied.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Address: Huawei Industrial Base
Bantian, Longgang
Shenzhen 518129
People's Republic of China
Website: https://www.huawei.com
Email: support@huawei.com
Issue 10 (2022-08-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. i

Component Description Contents
Contents
1 3900 & 5900 Series Base Station Component Description............................................ 1

1.1 Changes in 3900 & 5900 Series Base Station Component Description................................................................ 4
1.2 BBU............................................................................................................................................................................................ 11
1.3 RF Module............................................................................................................................................................................... 11
1.4 Power Equipment..................................................................................................................................................................11
1.4.1 ADU........................................................................................................................................................................................ 12
1.4.1.1 ADU01/02......................................................................................................................................................................... 12
1.4.1.2 ADU03................................................................................................................................................................................ 16
1.4.2 BDU........................................................................................................................................................................................ 17
1.4.2.1 BDU65-03......................................................................................................................................................................... 17
1.4.2.2 BDU70-03......................................................................................................................................................................... 21
1.4.3 DC Junction Box in a BTS3900AL................................................................................................................................. 23
1.4.4 DCDU..................................................................................................................................................................................... 24
1.4.4.1 DCDU16D..........................................................................................................................................................................24
1.4.4.2 DCDU16D-02................................................................................................................................................................... 30
1.4.4.3 DCDU15D..........................................................................................................................................................................37
1.4.4.4 DCDU-01........................................................................................................................................................................... 41
1.4.4.5 DCDU-05........................................................................................................................................................................... 44
1.4.4.6 DCDU-11A........................................................................................................................................................................ 46
1.4.4.7 DCDU-11B........................................................................................................................................................................ 50
1.4.4.8 DCDU-11C........................................................................................................................................................................ 56
1.4.4.9 DCDU-12A........................................................................................................................................................................ 60
1.4.4.10 DCDU-12B...................................................................................................................................................................... 65
1.4.4.11 DCDU-12C...................................................................................................................................................................... 72
1.4.4.12 DCDU-13A...................................................................................................................................................................... 77
1.4.5 EPS4890................................................................................................................................................................................ 79
1.4.5.1 Components of an EPS4890....................................................................................................................................... 79
1.4.5.2 EPS4890 Subrack............................................................................................................................................................ 79
1.4.6 EPU02B.................................................................................................................................................................................. 81
1.4.6.1 Components of an EPU02B........................................................................................................................................ 82
1.4.6.2 EPU02B Subrack............................................................................................................................................................. 83
1.4.7 EPU02S.................................................................................................................................................................................. 85
1.4.7.1 Components of an EPU02S.........................................................................................................................................87
Issue 10 (2022-08-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. ii

1.4.7.2 EPU02S Subrack.............................................................................................................................................................. 87

1.4.8 EPU02S-02........................................................................................................................................................................... 89
1.4.8.1 Components of an EPU02S-02.................................................................................................................................. 91
1.4.8.2 EPU02S-02 Subrack....................................................................................................................................................... 91
1.4.9 EPU02D and EPU02D-02................................................................................................................................................ 93
1.4.9.1 Components of an EPU02D/EPU02D-02................................................................................................................96
1.4.9.2 EPU02D Series Subrack................................................................................................................................................ 97
1.4.10 EPU03A-21........................................................................................................................................................................ 99
1.4.10.1 Components of an EPU03A-21............................................................................................................................... 99
1.4.10.2 EPU03A-21 Subrack.................................................................................................................................................. 100
1.4.11 EPU03A.............................................................................................................................................................................102
1.4.11.1 Components of an EPU03A................................................................................................................................... 102
1.4.11.2 EPU03A-02 and EPU03A-04 Subracks............................................................................................................... 103
1.4.12 EPU04A.............................................................................................................................................................................115
1.4.12.2 EPU04A-01/02 Subracks......................................................................................................................................... 117
1.4.13 EPU05A.............................................................................................................................................................................122
1.4.14 EPU07A.............................................................................................................................................................................156
1.4.14.2 EPU07A-01/02 Subracks......................................................................................................................................... 159
1.4.15 ETP48150-A3.................................................................................................................................................................. 164
1.4.15.1 Components of an ETP48150-A3.........................................................................................................................165
1.4.15.2 ETP48150-A3 Subrack..............................................................................................................................................165
1.4.16 ETP48400......................................................................................................................................................................... 166
1.4.16.1 Components of an ETP48400................................................................................................................................166
1.4.16.2 ETP48400 Subrack.....................................................................................................................................................167
1.4.17 ETP48100-A1.................................................................................................................................................................. 168
1.4.17.1 Components of an ETP48100-A1.........................................................................................................................168
1.4.17.2 ETP48100-A1 Subrack..............................................................................................................................................169
1.4.18 ETP48100-B1.................................................................................................................................................................. 171
1.4.18.1 Components of an ETP48100-B1......................................................................................................................... 171
1.4.18.2 ETP48100-B1 Subrack.............................................................................................................................................. 172
1.4.19 HSU (C28005G1).......................................................................................................................................................... 174
1.4.20 DC Junction Box in an IBBS300D/IBBS300T/BBC5300D/BBC5300T............................................................ 176
1.4.21 IPM150S........................................................................................................................................................................... 178
Issue 10 (2022-08-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. iii

1.4.22 AC Power Distribution Box in an MRE1000.........................................................................................................178

1.4.23 PDU................................................................................................................................................................................... 180
1.4.23.1 PDU01D-02................................................................................................................................................................. 181
1.4.23.2 PDU06D-01................................................................................................................................................................. 182
1.4.23.3 PDU05A-01.................................................................................................................................................................. 184
1.4.23.4 PDU03D-01................................................................................................................................................................. 186
1.4.23.5 PDU10D-01................................................................................................................................................................. 188
1.4.23.6 PDU01D-01................................................................................................................................................................. 191
1.4.23.7 PDU03D-02................................................................................................................................................................. 193
1.4.23.8 PDU03D-03................................................................................................................................................................. 194
1.4.23.9 PDU08H-01................................................................................................................................................................. 196
1.4.24 PMU................................................................................................................................................................................... 199
1.4.24.1 PMU 16A...................................................................................................................................................................... 199
1.4.24.2 PMU 15A...................................................................................................................................................................... 201
1.4.24.3 PMU 12A...................................................................................................................................................................... 203
1.4.24.4 PMU 11C...................................................................................................................................................................... 206
1.4.24.5 PMU 11A or PMU 11B............................................................................................................................................. 209
1.4.24.6 PMU 01B...................................................................................................................................................................... 213
1.4.24.7 PMIU.............................................................................................................................................................................. 217
1.4.24.8 PMID.............................................................................................................................................................................. 219
1.4.24.9 PMIE............................................................................................................................................................................... 221
1.4.25 PSU.................................................................................................................................................................................... 223
1.4.25.1 PSU (R4875G5).......................................................................................................................................................... 223
1.4.25.2 PSU (R4875G1).......................................................................................................................................................... 225
1.4.25.3 PSU (R4850G2).......................................................................................................................................................... 227
1.4.25.4 PSU (PSU4850A)....................................................................................................................................................... 229
1.4.25.5 PSU (EPW30-48A)..................................................................................................................................................... 232
1.4.25.6 PSU (EPW25-24S48D)............................................................................................................................................. 234
1.4.26 PVBU................................................................................................................................................................................. 236
1.4.27 PVDU-80A1..................................................................................................................................................................... 238
1.4.28 DC Junction Box in an RFC........................................................................................................................................ 238
1.4.29 SDU.................................................................................................................................................................................... 240
1.4.29.1 SDU30-01..................................................................................................................................................................... 240
1.4.29.2 SDU60-02..................................................................................................................................................................... 243
1.4.30 SSU (S4875G1).............................................................................................................................................................. 246
1.4.31 Power Distribution Boxes in Battery Cabinets.................................................................................................... 246
1.4.31.1 Power Distribution Box in a BBC5600D.............................................................................................................246
1.4.31.2 Power Distribution Box in a BBC5600D-V........................................................................................................ 248
1.4.31.3 Power Distribution Box in a BBC5600A............................................................................................................. 250
1.4.31.4 Power Distribution Box in a BBC5600A-V.........................................................................................................252
1.4.31.5 Power Distribution Box in a BBC5200D-L.........................................................................................................254
1.4.31.6 Power Distribution Boxes in a BBC5200D or BBC5200T..............................................................................257
Issue 10 (2022-08-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. iv

1.4.31.7 Power Distribution Box in an IBBS200D (Ver.C) or IBBS200T (Ver.C).....................................................259

1.4.31.8 Power Distribution Box in an IBBS200D (Ver.D) or IBBS200T (Ver.D).................................................... 262
1.4.31.9 Power Distribution Boxes in an IBBS200D (Ver.E) or IBBS200T (Ver.E)................................................. 264
1.4.31.10 Power Distribution Box in an IBBS700D or IBBS700T................................................................................ 265
1.4.31.11 Power Distribution Box in an IBBS20D............................................................................................................268
1.4.32 Distributed Power System......................................................................................................................................... 269
1.4.33 Junction Box................................................................................................................................................................... 269
1.4.34 Battery.............................................................................................................................................................................. 272
1.5 Monitoring Devices............................................................................................................................................................ 277
1.5.1 CMUE.................................................................................................................................................................................. 277
1.5.2 CMUEA................................................................................................................................................................................ 281
1.5.3 CMUG.................................................................................................................................................................................. 286
1.5.4 CMUH..................................................................................................................................................................................288
1.5.5 HEUB................................................................................................................................................................................... 292
1.5.6 HSMU01D.......................................................................................................................................................................... 294
1.5.7 CMUF...................................................................................................................................................................................297
1.5.8 CCU...................................................................................................................................................................................... 301
1.5.9 CCU01D-03........................................................................................................................................................................304
1.5.10 WIUA................................................................................................................................................................................. 308
1.5.11 eBat................................................................................................................................................................................... 313
1.6 Surge Protection Devices................................................................................................................................................. 315
1.6.1 SLPU.....................................................................................................................................................................................315
1.6.2 Surge Protection Subrack for Transmission Signals............................................................................................ 317
1.6.3 UELP.................................................................................................................................................................................... 318
1.6.4 UFLP.....................................................................................................................................................................................320
1.6.5 USLP.....................................................................................................................................................................................321
1.6.6 GNSS Surge Protector.................................................................................................................................................... 323
1.6.7 GNSS Divider.................................................................................................................................................................... 324
1.6.8 SPD....................................................................................................................................................................................... 327
1.7 Temperature Control Devices......................................................................................................................................... 328
1.7.1 Fan Assembly.................................................................................................................................................................... 328
1.7.1.1 FAN 01B.......................................................................................................................................................................... 328
1.7.1.2 FAN 01C.......................................................................................................................................................................... 329
1.7.1.3 FAN 01D.......................................................................................................................................................................... 330
1.7.1.4 FAN 02B.......................................................................................................................................................................... 331
1.7.1.5 FAN 02D.......................................................................................................................................................................... 333
1.7.1.6 FAN 02E.......................................................................................................................................................................... 334
1.7.1.7 FAN 02F...........................................................................................................................................................................338
1.7.1.8 FAN02G........................................................................................................................................................................... 340
1.7.1.9 FAN02H........................................................................................................................................................................... 344
1.7.1.10 FAN02I...........................................................................................................................................................................348
1.7.1.11 FAN02J.......................................................................................................................................................................... 353
Issue 10 (2022-08-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. v

1.7.1.12 FAN02K......................................................................................................................................................................... 355

1.7.1.13 FAN02L..........................................................................................................................................................................357
1.7.1.14 FAN 03B........................................................................................................................................................................ 360
1.7.1.15 FAN 03C........................................................................................................................................................................ 362
1.7.1.16 FAN 03D....................................................................................................................................................................... 365
1.7.1.17 FAU01D-01.................................................................................................................................................................. 368
1.7.1.18 FAU03D-01.................................................................................................................................................................. 369
1.7.1.19 FAU03D-02.................................................................................................................................................................. 371
1.7.1.20 FAU03D-03.................................................................................................................................................................. 373
1.7.1.21 FAU01D-05.................................................................................................................................................................. 376
1.7.1.22 FAU02D-15.................................................................................................................................................................. 381
1.7.1.23 Fans in an OMB......................................................................................................................................................... 383
1.7.2 AC Heater.......................................................................................................................................................................... 384
1.7.3 Heating Film..................................................................................................................................................................... 385
1.7.4 TEC in an IBBS200T/IBBS300T/BBC5200T/BBC5300T.........................................................................................388
1.7.5 TEC in an IBBS700T........................................................................................................................................................ 389
1.7.6 HAU01A-01....................................................................................................................................................................... 390
1.7.7 HAU03A-02....................................................................................................................................................................... 392
1.7.8 Outer Air Circulation Assembly.................................................................................................................................. 393
1.7.9 PC300D-1 Air Conditioner............................................................................................................................................ 397
1.7.10 Inner Air Circulation Fan............................................................................................................................................ 399
1.7.11 Outer Air Circulation Fan........................................................................................................................................... 400
1.7.12 Fan Mounting Frame................................................................................................................................................... 400
1.8 Environment Monitoring Devices..................................................................................................................................404
1.8.1 Door Status Sensor......................................................................................................................................................... 404
1.8.2 Temperature Sensor....................................................................................................................................................... 407
1.8.3 Smoke Sensor................................................................................................................................................................... 417
1.8.4 Humidity/Temperature Sensor................................................................................................................................... 418
1.8.5 (Optional) EMUB............................................................................................................................................................ 419
1.9 Other Devices.......................................................................................................................................................................420
1.9.1 (Optional) GATM............................................................................................................................................................ 420
1.9.2 (Optional) WGRU........................................................................................................................................................... 421
1.9.3 ELU....................................................................................................................................................................................... 424
1.9.4 (Optional) SOU................................................................................................................................................................432
1.9.5 (Optional) DDF................................................................................................................................................................ 433
1.9.6 (Optional) Filler Module.............................................................................................................................................. 435
1.9.7 (Optional) Air Baffle...................................................................................................................................................... 436
1.9.8 ODM06D............................................................................................................................................................................ 436
1.9.9 OFD06................................................................................................................................................................................. 438
Issue 10 (2022-08-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. vi

3900 & 5900 Series Base Station 1 3900 & 5900 Series Base Station Component
Component Description Description
1 3900 & 5900 Series Base Station

Overview
This document describes components in 3900 & 5900 series base stations,
including their exteriors and specifications. This document serves as a reference for
3900 & 5900 series base station planning and deployment.
The RF modules for distributed base stations in this document include RRUs and
AAUs. The application scenarios, power distribution schemes, cable connections,
and cable installation of the RRUs and AAUs are the same. The following uses the
RRUs as an example.
The exteriors of components or cables in this document are for reference only. The
actual exteriors may be different.
NOTE
● Unless otherwise specified, in this document, LTE and eNodeB always include FDD, NB-IoT,
and TDD. In scenarios where they need to be distinguished, LTE FDD, LTE NB-IoT, and LTE
TDD are used. The same rules apply to eNodeB.
● Unless otherwise specified, in this document, NR and gNodeB always include FDD and TDD.
In scenarios where they need to be distinguished, NR FDD and NR TDD are used. The same
rules apply to gNodeB.
● In this document, "G" is short for GSM, "U" for UMTS, "L" for LTE FDD, "T" for LTE TDD, "M"
for LTE NB-IoT, and "N" for NR. In addition, "N (FDD)" is short for NR FDD and "N (TDD)" is
short for NR TDD.
● For details about the LampSite solution, see LampSite Base Station Hardware Description.
Product Versions
The following table lists the product versions related to this document.
Product Name Solution Version Product Version
3900 series base stations SRAN8.0 and later V100R008C00 and later
5900 series base stations
Issue 10 (2022-08-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 1

Unless otherwise specified, cabinets, components, and RATs involved in this

document are supported in V100R008C00 and later versions. The following table
lists the special cases.
Item Solution Version Product Version
IBC10 SRAN8.1/GBSS15.1/ V100R008C01 and later

RAN15.1/eRAN6.1 and
later
● BBU3910 SRAN9.0/GBSS16.0/ V100R009C00 and later

● APM30H (Ver.E) RAN16.0/eRAN7.0/eRAN
TDD 7.0 and later
● TMC11H (Ver.E)
● RFC (Ver.E)
● IBBS200D (Ver.E)
● IBBS200T (Ver.E)
● BBU3910A SRAN10.0/GBSS17.0/ V100R010C00 and later

● OPM50M RAN17.0/eRAN8.0 and
later
● OPM15M
● IBBS20D
● IBBS300D (Ver.A)
● IBBS300T (Ver.A)
● USU3910
IBBS20L SRAN11.0/GBSS18.0/ V100R011C00 and later

RAN18.0/eRAN11.0/
eRAN TDD 11.0 and later
● IBBS20L-E SRAN11.1/GBSS18.1/ V100R011C10 and later

● OPM30M RAN18.1/eRAN11.1/
RMU3900A SRAN12.0/GBSS19.0/ V100R012C00 and later

RAN19.0/eRAN12.0/
● EPU02D SRAN12.1/GBSS19.1/ V100R012C10 and later

● EPU02D-02 RAN19.1/eRAN12.1/
● MRE1000
● BTS3900 (Ver.E_A~D) SRAN12.1/GBSS19.1/ V100R012C10 and later

● BTS3900L (Ver.E_B~D) RAN19.1/eRAN12.1/
● IMB05
● ILC29 (Ver.E)
● BTS5900 (Ver.A) SRAN12.1/GBSS19.1/ V100R012C10 and later

● BTS5900L (Ver.A) RAN19.1/eRAN12.1/

Item Solution Version Product Version
● APM5930 SRAN12.1/GBSS19.1/ V100R012C10 and later

● BBC5200D/BBC5200T/ RAN19.1/eRAN12.1/
BBC5300D/BBC5300T eRAN TDD 12.1 and later
● IBC10 (Ver.B)
● BBC5200D-L SRAN15.1/GBSS21.1/ V100R015C10 and later

● DCDU16D RAN21.1/eRAN15.1/
● FAN02H
● BBU5900A
● OPM200
● IBBS50L
● RFC5906
● INS05 SRAN16.0/GBSS22.0/ V100R016C00 and later

● IFS5906 RAN22.0/eRAN16.0/
● IMS5906
● EPU02S
● EPU02B SRAN16.1/GBSS22.1/ V100R016C10 and later

● EPU02S-02 RAN22.1/eRAN16.1/
DCDU16D-02 SRAN17.0/GBSS23.0/ V100R017C00 and later

RAN23.0/eRAN17.0/
● APM5950H SRAN18.1/GBSS24.1/ V100R018C10 and later

● APM5900H RAN24.1/eRAN18.1/
● BBC5600D
● BBC5600D-V
● APM5950H-L
● APM5900H-L
● BBC5600A
● BBC5600A-V
Intended Audience
This document is intended for:
● System engineers
● Base station installation engineers
● Site maintenance engineers
1.1 Changes in 3900 & 5900 Series Base Station Component Description
This section describes the changes in 3900 & 5900 Series Base Station Component
Description.

1.2 BBU
BBUs process baseband signals in 3900 & 5900 series base stations.
1.3 RF Module
In 3900 series base stations, RFUs or RRUs can be configured to meet RF module
configuration requirements in different scenarios.
1.4 Power Equipment
This section describes all types of power equipment and types of cabinets
supported by the power equipment.
1.5 Monitoring Devices
1.6 Surge Protection Devices
This section describes surge protection devices and types of cabinets supported by
the surge protection devices.
1.7 Temperature Control Devices
This section describes temperature control devices and types of cabinets supported
by the temperature control devices.
1.8 Environment Monitoring Devices
This section describes environment monitoring devices and types of cabinets
supported by the environment monitoring devices.
1.9 Other Devices
This section describes other devices besides power equipment, monitoring devices,
surge protection devices, temperature control devices, and environment
monitoring devices.
1.1 Changes in 3900 & 5900 Series Base Station

This section describes the changes in 3900 & 5900 Series Base Station Component
Description.
10 (2022-08-09)
This is the tenth commercial release.
Compared with Issue 09 (2022-06-27), this issue does not include any new topics.
Compared with Issue 09 (2022-06-27), this issue includes the following changes.
Topic Change Description
1.7.8 Outer Air Circulation Assembly Added descriptions of the outer air
circulation assembly in an APM5950H-
L/APM5900H-L.
Compared with Issue 09 (2022-06-27), this issue does not exclude any topics.

09 (2022-06-27)
This is the ninth commercial release.
Compared with Issue 08 (2022-03-08), this issue includes the following new topics:
● 1.4.12 EPU04A
● 1.4.26 PVBU
● 1.4.31.3 Power Distribution Box in a BBC5600A
● 1.4.31.4 Power Distribution Box in a BBC5600A-V
● 1.7.9 PC300D-1 Air Conditioner
● 1.7.1.12 FAN02K
● 1.7.1.13 FAN02L

● 1.4.4.2 DCDU16D-02 Added descriptions of

● 1.4.4.3 DCDU15D APM5950H&APM5900H cabinets and
BBC5600A&BBC5600A-V battery
● 1.4.4.10 DCDU-12B cabinets.
● 1.4.23.1 PDU01D-02
● 1.4.23.8 PDU03D-03
● 1.4.23.2 PDU06D-01
● 1.4.24.2 PMU 15A
● 1.4.24.4 PMU 11C
● 1.4.24.9 PMIE
● 1.4.25.1 PSU (R4875G5)
● 1.4.25.2 PSU (R4875G1)
● 1.4.30 SSU (S4875G1)
● 1.4.33 Junction Box
● 1.4.34 Battery
● 1.5.4 CMUH
● 1.6.1 SLPU
● 1.7.2 AC Heater
● 1.7.7 HAU03A-02
● 1.7.7 HAU03A-02
● 1.7.8 Outer Air Circulation
Assembly
● 1.8.1 Door Status Sensor
● 1.8.3 Smoke Sensor
● 1.8.5 (Optional) EMUB
● 1.9.3 ELU
● 1.9.4 (Optional) SOU
● 1.9.7 (Optional) Air Baffle
08 (2022-03-08)
This is the eighth commercial release.

1.4.34 Battery Deleted descriptions of the lithium

battery ESM-48100U5.
07 (2021-12-30)
This is the seventh commercial release.
● 1.4.14 EPU07A
● 1.4.24.4 PMU 11C
● 1.4.24.9 PMIE
● 1.4.30 SSU (S4875G1)
● 1.4.1 ADU
● 1.4.27 PVDU-80A1
● 1.7.1.10 FAN02I
● 1.7.1.11 FAN02J
1.4.34 Battery Added descriptions of the

ESM-48100U2 lithium battery.

● 1 3900 & 5900 Series Base Station Added descriptions of the APM5950H
Component Description and APM5900H.
● 1.4.25.1 PSU (R4875G5)
● 1.4.25.2 PSU (R4875G1)
● 1.4.23.1 PDU01D-02
● 1.4.23.2 PDU06D-01
● 1.4.23.8 PDU03D-03
● 1.4.4.2 DCDU16D-02
● 1.4.4.3 DCDU15D
● 1.4.4.10 DCDU-12B
● 1.4.33 Junction Box
● 1.5.4 CMUH
● 1.6.1 SLPU
● 1.6.3 UELP
● 1.6.4 UFLP
● 1.6.5 USLP
● 1.6.6 GNSS Surge Protector
● 1.7.2 AC Heater
● 1.7.8 Outer Air Circulation
Assembly
● 1.8.2 Temperature Sensor
● 1.8.5 (Optional) EMUB
● 1.9.3 ELU
● 1.9.7 (Optional) Air Baffle
06 (2021-09-29)
This is the sixth commercial release.

● 1.4.31.5 Power Distribution Box in Deleted descriptions of the BBC5200T-

a BBC5200D-L L cabinet.
● 1.4.34 Battery
● 1.4.24.2 PMU 15A
● 1.5.4 CMUH
● 1.9.3 ELU
Compared with Issue 05 (2021-06-30), this issue excludes the following topics:
● BBC5200T-L Air Conditioner
05 (2021-06-30)
This is the fifth commercial release.
● BBC5200T-L Air Conditioner
● 1.4.31.5 Power Distribution Box in Added descriptions of the BBC5200T-L

a BBC5200D-L cabinet.
● 1.4.34 Battery
● 1.4.24.2 PMU 15A
● 1.5.4 CMUH
● 1.9.3 ELU
04 (2020-12-29)
This is the fourth commercial release.
Compared with Issue 03 (2020-10-10), this issue does not include any new topics
or exclude any topics.

Entire document Deleted descriptions of the BTS3900

(Ver.B), BTS3900L (Ver.B), BTS3900A
(Ver.B), APM30H (Ver.B), TMC11H
(Ver.B), RFC (Ver.B), OMB, IBBS200D
(Ver.B), IBBS200T (Ver.B), HEUA,
CMUA, EMUA, FAN 01A, FAN 02A,
EPS24S48100DC, EPS 01A, EPS 01C,
EPS 01B, EPS 01D, DCDU-03B,
DCDU-03C, and EPS30-4815AF.
Entire document Changed "GPS" to "GNSS."
03 (2020-10-10)
This is the third commercial release.
Compared with Issue 02 (2020-07-31), this issue does not include any new topics
or changes.
Compared with Issue 02 (2020-07-31), this issue excludes the following:
● DCDU16D-02S
02 (2020-07-31)
This is the second commercial release.
● 1.4.25.1 PSU (R4875G5)
● 1.4.4.2 DCDU16D-02
● DCDU16D-02S
● 1.4.23.8 PDU03D-03
Compared with Issue 01 (2020-01-20), this issue does not include any changes or
exclude any topics.
01 (2020-01-20)
This is the first commercial release.
This document is separated from the 3900 & 5900 Series Base Station Hardware
Description document and its content derives from the section "Component
Description."
Compared with the section "Component Description" in 3900 & 5900 Series Base
Station Hardware Description of Issue 18 (2019-03-25), this issue includes the
following new topics:
● 1.4.6 EPU02B
● 1.4.7 EPU02S

● 1.4.8 EPU02S-02
● 1.6.7 GNSS Divider
● 1.7.1.9 FAN02H
● 1.4.4.1 DCDU16D
● 1.5.4 CMUH
Station Hardware Description of Issue 18 (2019-03-25), this issue includes the
following changes.
● 1.5.4 CMUH Added descriptions of the BBC5300D

and BBC5300T cabinets.
Station Hardware Description of Issue 18 (2019-03-25), this issue does not exclude
any topics.
Before the separation, compared with Issue 17 (2018-12-31), Issue 18
(2019-03-25) excludes the following topics:
● EPU02B
● EPU02S
● BDU70-03
● SDU60-02
1.2 BBU
BBUs process baseband signals in 3900 & 5900 series base stations.
For details of BBU hardware, see BBU3900 and BBU3910 Hardware Description or
BBU5900 Hardware Description.
1.3 RF Module
In 3900 series base stations, RFUs or RRUs can be configured to meet RF module
configuration requirements in different scenarios.
● For details about RFU hardware, see RFU Hardware Description.
● For details about RRU hardware, see the corresponding RRU hardware
description. For example, for the RRU3926, see RRU3926 Hardware
Description.
1.4 Power Equipment

This section describes all types of power equipment and types of cabinets
supported by the power equipment.

1.4.1 ADU
This section describes the exterior, ports, and functions of an AC distribution unit
(ADU).
1.4.1.1 ADU01/02
An AC distribution unit 01/02 (ADU01/02) provides 220 V AC three-phase, 220 V
AC single-phase, or 110 V AC dual-live-wire power for the APM5950H.
Exterior
The following figures show the exteriors of an ADU01 and an ADU02.
Figure 1-1 Exterior of an ADU01

Function
An ADU01/02 performs the following functions:
● Provides 220 V AC three-phase or single-phase power and 110 V AC dual-live-
wire power for an APM5950H.
Port
The following figures show the ports on an ADU01/02. The following table
describes the ports on an ADU01/02.

Figure 1-3 Ports on an ADU01
(1) Power input ports L1, L2, L3, and N (2) Circuit breaker L1, L2, and L3 for power
input ports

(1) Power input ports L1, L2, and N (2) Circuit breaker L1 and L2 for power input
ports
NOTE
The circuit breaker for the power input port is turned off when the indication window is
green, and is turned on when the indication window is red.
Table 1-1 Description of ADU01 ports
Power Port Silkscreen Connector Protector

Equipment Type Specificatio
ns
ADU01 Power input L1, L2, L3, and OT terminal ● 220 V AC

port N three-
phase:
1x80 A/3
P (MCB)
● 220 V AC
single-
phase:
1x125 A/1
P (MCB)

Table 1-2 Description of ADU02 ports

Power Port Silkscreen Connector Protector
Equipment Type Specification
s
ADU02 Power input L1, L2, and N OT terminal 1x125 A/2 P

port (MCB)
1.4.1.2 ADU03
An AC distribution unit 03 (ADU03) feeds AC power in an APM5950H into an AC
junction box. The AC junction box provides AC power for a service outlet unit
(SOU) and a heater.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an ADU03.
Function
ADU03 provides two AC power outputs. Two outputs are connected to the junction
box on the left of the cabinet. The junction box distributes four AC power outputs
to the SOU and heater.
Port
The following figure shows the ports on an ADU03.

(1) AC output port 1 (2) AC output port 2
(3) Circuit breaker 2 for the AC output port (4) Circuit breaker 1 for the AC output port
NOTE
The circuit breaker for the AC output port is turned off when the indication window is
green, and is turned on when the indication window is red.
1.4.2 BDU
This section describes boost distribution units (BDUs) and types of cabinets
supported by the BDUs.
1.4.2.1 BDU65-03
A boost distribution unit 65-03 (BDU65-03) converts the voltage (ranging from
-38.4 V DC to -57 V DC) to -57 V DC.
Exterior
The BDU65-03 can be used in the EPU02D and EPU02D-02. The BDU65-03 used in
an EPU02D has an exterior different from the BDU65-03 used in an EPU02D-02,
as shown in the following figure.

Figure 1-7 BDU65-03 exteriors
(1) Used in an EPU02D (2) Used in an EPU02D-02
Function
A BDU65-03 performs the following functions:
● Converts the voltage (ranging from -38.4 V DC to -57 V DC) to -57 V DC, and
supplies the -57 V DC power to RRUs.
● Provides power through 3x30 A fuses when it is used in an EPU02D or
through 2x30 A fuses when it is used in an EPU02D-02.
● Provides protection against overcurrent, overvoltage, and overtemperature for
its power outputs.
● Dissipates heat using its built-in fans.
Port
The following figure shows the ports on a BDU65-03. The following table
describes the ports on a BDU65-03.
Figure 1-8 Ports on a BDU65-03
(1) Used in an EPU02D (2) Used in an EPU02D-02

Table 1-3 Ports on a BDU65-03

Power Port Silkscreen Connectora Protective
Equipment Device
Specificatio
ns
EPU02D Output ports LOAD0, EPC5/EPC11 3x30 A

for RRUs and LOAD1, and connector (FUSE)b
AAUs LOAD2
EPU02D-02 Output ports LOAD0 and EPC5/EPC11 2x30 A

for RRUs and LOAD1 connector (FUSE)c
AAUs
a: The supported cable cross-sectional area ranges from 3.3 mm2 to 10 mm2 or
0.0051 in.2 to 0.016 in.2. (The specification is specific to the connector. For
details about the supported cable cross-sectional area when the module is used
in specific scenarios, see 3900 & 5900 Series Base Station Cables. For example,
when the module is used to supply power to the RRU, see "RRU Power Cable.")
b: Each power output is less than or equal to 25 A, and the total power output
of a BDU is less than or equal to 63 A.
c: Each power output is less than or equal to 25 A, and the total power output
Indicator
The following table describes the two indicators on a BDU65-03.
Table 1-4 Indicators

Silksc Meanin Color Status Remarks
reen g
RUN Power Green Steady on The module is being started,

indicato conducting self-check, or being
r loaded and activated.
Blinking (on The module has been registered

for 1s and off and is communicating properly.
for 1s)
Blinking (on The module has not been

for 0.125s and registered, or the communication is
off for 0.125s) interrupted.
Steady off There is no power supply.
ALM Fault Red Steady off The module has no fault or alarm.
indicato
r


reen g
Blinking (on There is an input overvoltage or

for 1s and off undervoltage protection alarm,
for 1s) overtemperature protection alarm,
overcurrent protection alarm,
output overvoltage protection
alarm, remote shutdown alarm, or
output short circuit protection
alarm.
Steady on The fan or the internal

communication is faulty.
Technical Specifications
The following table lists the technical specifications of a BDU65-03.
Table 1-5 Technical specifications of a BDU65-03

Item Specifications
Input voltage -38.4 V DC to -57 V DC
Output voltage -57 V DC
Output power ● -40 V DC to -57 V DC input: 3600

W
● -38.4 V DC to -40 V DC input: 3000
W
Power distribution ● Power distribution of a BDU when

used in an EPU02D: 3x30 A fuse
(Each power output is less than or
equal to 25 A, and the total power
output of a BDU is less than or
equal to 63 A.)
● Power distribution of a BDU when
used in an EPU02D-02: 2x30 A fuse
(Each power output is less than or
equal to 25 A, and the total power
output of two BDUs is less than or
equal to 75 A.)
Surge protection specifications of ports 10 kA in differential mode

20 kA in common mode

1.4.2.2 BDU70-03
A boost distribution unit 70-03 (BDU70-03) converts the voltage (ranging from
-38.4 V DC to -57 V DC) to -57 V DC.
Exterior
The BDU70-03 can be used in the EPU02B or EPU05A-06/EPU05A-07/EPU05A-08/
EPU05A-09/EPU05A-11/EPU05A-12. The following figure shows the exterior of a
BDU70-03.
Figure 1-9 Exterior of a BDU70-03
Function
A BDU70-03 provides the following functions:
● Converts the voltage (ranging from -38.4 V DC to -57 V DC) to -57 V DC, and
supplies the -57 V DC power to RRUs/AAUs.
● Provides power through 3x30 A fuses when it is used in an EPU02B or
EPU05A-06/EPU05A-07/EPU05A-08/EPU05A-09/EPU05A-11/EPU05A-12.
its power outputs.
Port
The following figure shows the ports on a BDU70-03. The following table
describes the ports on a BDU70-03.
Figure 1-10 Ports on a BDU70-03

Table 1-6 Ports on a BDU70-03
Port Silkscreen Protective Device Connector

Specifications
RRU/AAU output LOAD0, LOAD1, 3x30 A (FUSE)a EPC5/EPC11

ports and LOAD2 connectorb
a: Each power output is less than or equal to 25 A, and the total power output
b: The supported cable cross-sectional area ranges from 3.3 mm2 to 10 mm2 or
when the module is used to supply power to the RRU, see "RRU Power Cable.")
Indicator
The following table describes the two indicators on a BDU70-03.

reen g


for 1s)

indicato
r Blinking (on There is an input overvoltage or
alarm.


The following table lists the technical specifications of a BDU70-03.
Table 1-8 Technical specifications of a BDU70-03

Item Specifications
Output voltage -57 V DC
Output Power Used in an EPU02B or EPU05A-11/PU05A-12:

● -40 V DC to -57 V DC input: 4000 W
● -38.4 V DC to -40 V DC input: 3000 W
Used in an EPU05A-06/EPU05A-07/EPU05A-08/EPU05A-09:
● -40 V DC to -57 V DC input: 3600 W
● -38.4 V DC to -40 V DC input: 3000 W
Power 3x30 A fuse (Each power output is less than or equal to 25 A,

distribution and the total power output of a BDU is less than or equal to
70 A.)
Surge 10 kA in differential mode

protection 20 kA in common mode
specifications
of ports
1.4.3 DC Junction Box in a BTS3900AL

In a DC-powered BTS3900AL, the OUTPUT2 power terminals on the PDU03D-01
are connected to the DC junction box, which then distributes DC power to the
DCDU-03B, DCDU-11B, or DCDU-12B.
A DC junction box is installed on the inner wall of an BTS3900AL DC cabinet. The
following figure shows the exterior of a DC junction box.

Figure 1-11 Exterior of a DC junction box
1.4.4 DCDU
This section describes DCDUs and types of cabinets supported by the DCDUs.
1.4.4.1 DCDU16D
A direct current distribution unit 16D (DCDU16D) provides -48 V DC power for
other components in a cabinet. A DCDU16D is 1 U high and can be installed in a
19-inch rack or any of the following cabinets: APM5930, APM30H, TMC11H,
BTS3900/BTS3900L, BTS5900/BTS5900L, OMB (Ver.C), IMB03, and IMB05.
Configuration Principles
The following table describes configuration principles for the DCDU16D in
different cabinets.
Table 1-9 DCDU16D configuration principles
Base Cabinet Maximum Configuration

Station Number of Principle
Power
Outputs for
RRUs/AAUs
DBS390 APM30H (Ver.D), APM30H (Ver.E), 3 1 DCDU16D

0 APM30H (Ver.E_B~D), APM30H
(Ver.D_C), or APM30H (Ver.D_B)
TMC11H (Ver.E), TMC11H (Ver.D), 3 1 DCDU16D

TMC11H (Ver.E_B~D), TMC11H
(Ver.D_B), or TMC11H (Ver.D_C)


Power
Outputs for
RRUs/AAUs
OMB (Ver.C) DC 3 1 DCDU16D
IMB03 DC 3 1 DCDU16D
IMB05 DC 6 2 DCDU16D
modules
19-inch rack Depend on the Depend on the

site site
configurations configurations
DBS590 IMB05 DC 6 2 DCDU16D

0 modules
ILC29 (Ver.E) 9 3 DCDU16D

modules
APM5930(AC), APM5930(DC), 6 2 DCDU16D

APM30H (Ver.F_B~E), or TMC11H modules
(Ver.F_B~E)
BTS390 APM30H (Ver.D), APM30H 3 1 DCDU16D

0A (Ver.D_C), APM30H (Ver.D_B),
TMC11H (Ver.D), TMC11H
(Ver.D_B), TMC11H (Ver.D_C),
APM30H (Ver.E), or APM30H
(Ver.E_B~D)
TMC11H (Ver.E) or TMC11H 3 1 DCDU16D

(Ver.E_B~D)
BTS390 BTS3900 (Ver.D) DC 3 1 DCDU16D

0
BTS3900 (Ver.E_A~D) 3 1 DCDU16D
BTS590 APM30H (Ver.E) or TMC11H 3 1 DCDU16D

0A (Ver.E)
APM30H (Ver.F_B~E) or TMC11H 6 2 DCDU16D

(Ver.F_B~E) modules
BTS590 BTS5900 (Ver.A) 6 2 DCDU16D

0 modules
BTS390 BTS3900L (Ver.D) DC 3 1 DCDU16D

0L
BTS3900L (Ver.E_A~D) 3 1 DCDU16D
BTS590 BTS5900L (Ver.A) 6 2 DCDU16D

0L modules


Power
Outputs for
RRUs/AAUs
BTS390 BTS3900AL DC or BTS3900AL AC 6 2 DCDU16D

0AL modules
Exterior
The following figure shows the front and rear views of a DCDU16D.
Figure 1-12 Front and rear views of a DCDU16D
(1) Equipotential ground point (for an M4 OT (2) Ground point (for an M6 OT terminal)
terminal)

NOTE
The ground point or equipotential ground point on the DCDU16D is used in the following
scenarios:
● Scenario 1: A DCDU16D is installed on an open rack. In this scenario, an equipotential
cable connects the equipotential ground point near the mounting ear on the DCDU16D
to the ground bar on the open rack.
● Scenario 2: A DCDU16D is installed on a wall as a standalone power distribution device.
In this scenario, the ground points at the rear of the DCDU16D are connected to the
ground bar in the equipment room.
Port and Terminal

The following figure shows the ports and terminals on a DCDU16D.
Figure 1-13 Ports and terminals on a DCDU16D
The following table describes the ports and terminals on a DCDU16D.
Table 1-10 Ports and terminals on a DCDU16D
No. Port and Silkscreen Connector and Description

Terminal Cable
(1) DC input ● NEG(-) Two one-hole OT ● Negative power

terminals ● RTN(+) terminals (M6). input terminal
One group of ● Positive power
power cables up input terminal
to 35 mm2
(0.054 in.2) or
two groups of
power cables up
to 25 mm2
(0.039 in.2) are
supported.

No. Port and Silkscreen Connector and Description

Terminal Cable
(2) Fuse LOAD3 to - It controls the

blocksa LOAD6 LOAD3 to LOAD6
ports, and therefore
controls the power
supply to modules
such as BBUs,
transmission
equipment, and fan
assemblies.
(3) DC output LOAD3 to EPC4 connectorsb For the specifications

ports LOAD6 are used for the of DC outputs, see
LOAD3 to LOAD6 Table 1-11.
ports. Figure
1-14 shows the
exterior. The
supported cable
cross-sectional
area ranges from
1.5 mm2 to 4
mm2 (0.0023 in.2
to 0.0062 in.2).
(4) Circuit LOAD0 to Bare wires. The For the specifications

breaker LOAD2 supported cable of DC outputs, see
output cross-sectional Table 1-11.
portsc area ranges from
6 mm2 to 16
mm2 (0.0093 in.2
to 0.025 in.2).
(5) Spare fuse - - It contains three 30

box A spare fuses.
a: The indicator on the fuse block indicates the status of the fuse. When the
indicator is steady on, the fuse is faulty and must be replaced. When the
indicator is steady off, the fuse is working properly.
b: EPC4 connectors must be connected to cables onsite.
c: The wiring terminals of circuit breakers must be connected to cables onsite.
NOTICE
Do not connect cables less than 6 mm2 (0.0093 in.2) to the LOAD0 to LOAD2
output ports.

NOTE
A fuse block and a DC output terminal are jointly called a fuse terminal block.
Figure 1-14 Exterior of an EPC4 connector
The following table describes the power distribution of the DC output terminals on
a DCDU16D.
Table 1-11 Power distribution of the DC power output terminals on a DCDU16D
DC Output Terminal Power-Consuming Circuit Breaker/Fuse

Equipment Specifications
LOAD0 to LOAD2 RRU 3x50 Aa
LOAD3 to LOAD6 Transmission equipment, 4x30 Ab

BBU, or FAN
a: Each power output is less than or equal to 40 A.

b: Each power output is less than or equal to 25 A.
The following table lists the technical specifications of a DCDU16D.
Table 1-12 Technical specifications of a DCDU16D
Item Specifications
Dimensions (H x W x D) A DCDU16D is a 1U high case and can be

installed in a 19-inch cabinet or rack. The
DCDU16D dimensions are as follows:
● 43.6 mm x 442 mm x 150 mm (1.72 in. x
17.40 in. x 5.91 in.) (without mounting ears)
● 43.6 mm x 482.6 mm x 150 mm (1.72 in. x
19 in. x 5.91 in.) (with mounting ears)
Weight 2 kg (4.41 lb)

Item Specifications
Input voltage and current Input voltage: -48 V DC

Input current: 180 A
-48 V output power ● 3x50 A circuit breakers are used for the
power distribution. (The output current of
one circuit cannot exceed 40 A.)
● 4x30 A fuses are used for the power
distribution. (The output current of one
circuit cannot exceed 25 A.)
Operating temperature -40°C to +60°C (-40°F to +140°F)
Ingress protection rating IP20
Surge protection Surge voltage on the -48 V DC power port

specifications ● Differential mode: 2 kV (1.2/50 μs)
● Common mode: 4 kV (1.2/50 μs)
Surge current on the -48 V DC power port

● Differential mode: 10 kA (8/20 μs)
● Common mode: 20 kA (8/20 μs)
1.4.4.2 DCDU16D-02
A direct current distribution unit 16D-02 (DCDU16D-02) provides -48 V DC power
for other components in a cabinet. A DCDU16D-02 is 1U high and can be used in
a 19-inch rack or any of the following cabinets: APM5930/APM5900H/APM5900H-
L/APM30H/TMC11H/BTS3900/BTS3900L/BTS5900/BTS5900L/OMB (Ver.C)/IMB03/
IMB05.
Configuration Principles
The following table describes configuration principles for the DCDU16D-02 in
different cabinets.
Table 1-13 DCDU16D-02 configuration principles

Power
Outputs for
RRUs/AAUs
DBS390 APM30H (Ver.D)/APM30H (Ver.E)/ 3 1 DCDU16D-02

0 APM30H (Ver.E_B~D)/APM30H
(Ver.D_C)/APM30H (Ver.D_B)


Power
Outputs for
RRUs/AAUs
TMC11H (Ver.E)/TMC11H (Ver.D)/ 3 1 DCDU16D-02

TMC11H (Ver.E_B~D)/TMC11H
(Ver.D_B)/TMC11H (Ver.D_C)
OMB (Ver.C) DC 3 1 DCDU16D-02
IMB03 DC 3 1 DCDU16D-02
IMB05 DC 6 2 DCDU16D-02
modules
19-inch rack Depend on the Depend on the

site site
configurations configurations
DBS590 IMB05 DC 6 2 DCDU16D-02

0 modules
ILC29 (Ver.E) 9 3 DCDU16D-02

modules
APM5930(DC)/APM5900H/ 6 2 DCDU16D-02
APM5900H-L/TMC11H modules
(Ver.F_B~E)
BTS390 APM30H (Ver.D)/APM30H 3 1 DCDU16D-02

0A (Ver.D_C)/APM30H (Ver.D_B)/
TMC11H (Ver.D)/TMC11H
(Ver.D_B)/TMC11H (Ver.D_C)/
APM30H (Ver.E)/APM30H
(Ver.E_B~D)
TMC11H (Ver.E)/TMC11H 3 1 DCDU16D-02

(Ver.E_B~D)
BTS390 BTS3900 (Ver.D) DC 3 1 DCDU16D-02

0
BTS3900 (Ver.E_A~D) 3 1 DCDU16D-02
BTS590 APM30H (Ver.E)/TMC11H (Ver.E) 3 1 DCDU16D-02

0A
APM30H (Ver.F_B~E)/TMC11H 6 2 DCDU16D-02
(Ver.F_B~E) modules
BTS590 BTS5900 (Ver.A) 6 2 DCDU16D-02

0 modules
BTS390 BTS3900L (Ver.D) DC 3 1 DCDU16D-02

0L
BTS3900L (Ver.E_A~D) 3 1 DCDU16D-02


Power
Outputs for
RRUs/AAUs
BTS590 BTS5900L (Ver.A) 6 2 DCDU16D-02

0L modules
BTS390 BTS3900AL DC/BTS3900AL AC 6 2 DCDU16D-02

0AL modules
Exterior
The following figure shows the front and rear views of a DCDU16D-02.
Figure 1-15 Front and rear views of a DCDU16D-02
terminal)

NOTE
A DCDU16D-02 uses ground points and equipotential ground points in the following
scenarios:
● Scenario 1: A DCDU16D-02 is installed on an open rack. In this scenario, an
equipotential cable connects the equipotential ground point near the mounting ear on
the DCDU16D-02 to the ground bar on the open rack.
● Scenario 2: A DCDU16D-02 is installed on a wall as a standalone power distribution
device. In this scenario, the ground point at the rear of the DCDU16D-02 is connected to
the ground bar in the equipment room.
Port
The following figure shows the ports on a DCDU16D-02.
Figure 1-16 Ports on a DCDU16D-02
The following table describes the ports on a DCDU16D-02.

Table 1-14 Ports on a DCDU16D-02

No. Port Silkscreen Connector and Description
Cable
(1) DC input ● NEG(-) Two one-hole OT ● Negative power

terminals ● RTN(+) terminals (M6). input terminal
One group of ● Positive power
power cables input terminal
with a maximum
cross-sectional
area of 35 mm2
(0.054 in.2) or
two groups of
power cables
with a maximum
cross-sectional
area of 25 mm2
(0.039 in.2) are
supported.
(2) Circuit LOAD0 to Bare wires. The For the specifications

breaker LOAD2 supported cable of DC outputs, see
output cross-sectional Table 1-15.
portsa area ranges from
6 mm2 to 16.7
mm2 (0.0093 in.2
to 0.026 in.2).

blocksb LOAD6 LOAD3 to LOAD6
controls the power
supply to modules
such as BBUs,
transmission
equipment, and fan
assemblies.
(4) DC output LOAD3 to EPC4 connectorsc For the specifications

ports LOAD6 are used for the of DC outputs, see
LOAD3 to LOAD6 Table 1-15.
ports. Figure
1-17 shows the
exterior. The
supported cable
cross-sectional
area ranges from
1.5 mm2 to 4
mm2 (0.0023 in.2
to 0.0062 in.2).


Cable
(5) Spare fuse - - It contains two 30 A

box spare fuses.
a: The wiring terminals of circuit breakers must be connected to cables onsite.

b: The indicator on the fuse block indicates the status of the fuse. When the
indicator is steady on, the fuse is faulty and must be replaced. When the
indicator is steady off, the fuse is working properly.
c: EPC4 connectors must be connected to cables onsite.
NOTICE
● Do not connect cables with a cross-sectional area of less than 6 mm2 (0.0093
in.2) to the LOAD0 to LOAD2 output ports.
● Do not install modules with ports on a DCDU16D-02 panel vertically facing
upwards or downwards.
NOTE
a DCDU16D-02.
Table 1-15 Power distribution of the DC output terminals on a DCDU16D-02

LOAD0 to LOAD2 RRU 3x50 Aa
LOAD3 to LOAD6 Transmission equipment, 4x30 Ab

BBU, or FAN


a: The output current of one circuit cannot exceed 50 A.

b: Each power output is less than or equal to 25 A, and the total power output
is less than or equal to 60 A.
The following table lists the technical specifications of a DCDU16D-02.
Table 1-16 Technical specifications of a DCDU16D-02

Item Specifications
Dimensions (H x W x D) A DCDU16D-02 is 1U high with a case structure

and can be installed in a 19-inch cabinet or
rack. Its dimensions are as follows:
● 43.6 mm x 442 mm x 150 mm (1.72 in. x
17.40 in. x 5.91 in.) (without mounting ears)
● 43.6 mm x 482.6 mm x 150 mm (1.72 in. x
19 in. x 5.91 in.) (with mounting ears)

-48 V output power ● 3x50 A circuit breakers are used for the
power distribution. (The output current of
● 4x30 A fuses are used for the power
circuit cannot exceed 25 A, and the total
current cannot exceed 60 A.)

specifications of ports ● Differential mode: 2 kV (1.2/50 μs)


1.4.4.3 DCDU15D
A direct current distribution unit 15D (DCDU15D) provides -48 V DC power for
other components in a cabinet. A DCDU15D is 1U high and can be installed in an
APM5930(DC)/APM5900H/APM5900H-L/TMC11H (Ver.F_B~E).
Exterior
The following figure shows the front and rear views of a DCDU15D.
Figure 1-18 Front and rear views of a DCDU15D
terminal)
Function
A DCDU15D provides eleven -48 V DC outputs using the same fuse configurations
to meet the power distribution requirements of diversified base stations in various
scenarios.
Port
The following figure shows the ports on a DCDU15D.

Figure 1-19 Ports on a DCDU15D
The following table describes the ports on a DCDU15D.
Table 1-17 Ports on a DCDU15D

Cable
(1) DC input NEG(-) Two one-hole OT Negative power

terminals terminals (M6). input terminal
One group of
RTN(+) power cables up Positive power input
to 35 mm2 terminal
(0.054 in.2) or
two groups of
power cables up
to 25 mm2
(0.039 in.2) are
supported.

blocks LOAD10 LOAD0 to LOAD10
controls the power
supply to modules
such as BBUs, RRUs,
and fan assemblies.


Cable
(3) DC output LOAD0 to EPC5/EPC11 For the specifications

portsa LOAD10 connectors are of DC outputs, see
used for LOAD0 Table 1-18.
to LOAD5 ports.
Figure 1-20 or
Figure 1-21
shows the
exterior. The
supported cable
cross-sectional
area ranges from
3.3 mm2 to 10
mm2 (0.005 in.2
to 0.016 in.2).
EPC4 connectors
are used for
LOAD6 to
LOAD10 ports.
Figure 1-22
shows the
exterior. The
supported cable
cross-sectional
area ranges from
1.5 mm2 to 4
mm2 (0.0023 in.2
to 0.0062 in.2).
(4) Spare fuse - - It contains three 30

box A spare fuses.
a: EPC4 and EPC5/EPC11 connectors must be connected to cables onsite.
NOTE

a DCDU15D.
Table 1-18 Power distribution of the DC output terminals on a DCDU15D

Base Application DC Output Power- Fuse
Station Scenario Terminal Consuming Specifications
Equipment
DBS5900 ● DBS5900 LOAD0 to RRU 0 to RRU 11x30 Aa

configured LOAD5 5
with an
APM5930(D LOAD6 to BBU
C) LOAD9
● DBS5900 LOAD10 FAN02G
configured
with an
APM5900H

The following table lists the technical specifications of a DCDU15D.
Table 1-19 Technical specifications of a DCDU15D

Item Specifications
Dimensions (H x W x D) A DCDU15D is 1 U high with a case structure

and can be installed in a 19-inch cabinet or
rack. The DCDU15D dimensions are as follows:
● 42 mm x 442 mm x 65 mm (1.65 in. x 17.40
in. x 2.56 in.) (without mounting ears)
● 42 mm x 482.6 mm x 65 mm (1.65 in. x 19
in. x 2.56 in.) (with mounting ears)
Weight 1.3 kg (2.87 lb)

-48 V output power 11x30 A fuses are used for the power
distribution. (The output current of one circuit
cannot exceed 25 A.)

specifications of ports ● Differential mode: 2 kV (1.2/50 μs)

1.4.4.4 DCDU-01
A direct current distribution unit-01 (DCDU-01) provides -48 V DC power for other
components in a cabinet. A DCDU-01 is 1 U high and can be installed in a
BTS3900 (Ver.B) cabinet, BTS3900L (Ver.B) cabinet, or RFC (Ver.B).
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a DCDU-01.

Figure 1-23 Exterior of a DCDU-01
Function
A DCDU-01 performs the following functions:
● Provides one -48 V DC input.
● Provides ten -48 V DC outputs. The output of the SPARE2 port is 25 A and
other nine outputs are 12 A.
● Provides power only for the BBU, RFUs, and fan assembly in a cabinet.
NOTE
When a BTS3900A is configured with a DCDU-01, the SPARE2 port feeds power to the TMC11H
and the maximum output power is 800 W.
Port, Terminal, and Circuit Breaker

The following figure shows the ports, terminals, and circuit breakers on a
DCDU-01 panel.

Figure 1-24 Ports, terminals, and circuit breakers on a DCDU-01 panel
The following table describes the ports, terminals, and circuit breakers on a
DCDU-01 panel.
Table 1-20 Ports, terminals, and circuit breakers on a DCDU-01 panel

No. Port/ Silkscreen Description Application
Termina Scenario
l/Circuit
Breaker
(1) DC input NEG(-) It is a negative power ● RFC (Ver.B) in

terminal input terminal. a DC-powered
s BTS3900A
RTN(+) It is a positive power (Ver.B)
input terminal.
● RFC (Ver.B) in
(2) Circuit SPARE2, They are ten power an AC-
breakers SPARE1, BBU, output circuit breakers powered
FAN, and RFU5 which control power BTS3900A
to RFU0 supply to the BBU, RFUs, (Ver.B)
and fan assembly. ● BTS3900
(Ver.B) DC
(3) DC SPARE2, They are ten power cabinet
output SPARE1, BBU, output ports which feed
ports FAN, and RFU5 power to the BBU, RFUs, ● BTS3900
to RFU0 and fan assembly. (Ver.B) AC
cabinet

No. Port/ Silkscreen Description Application

Termina Scenario
l/Circuit
Breaker
(4) DC SPD SPD ALM This port is reserved. ● BTS3900L

alarm (Ver.B)
port cabinet
The following table lists the technical specifications of a DCDU-01.
Table 1-21 Technical specifications of a DCDU-01

Item Specifications
Dimensions (H x W x D) A DCDU-01 is 1 U high and can be

installed in a 19-inch cabinet or rack.
Its dimensions are as follows:
● 42 mm x 442 mm x 220 mm (1.65
in. x 17.40 in. x 8.66 in.) (without
mounting ears)
● 42 mm x 482.6 mm x 220 mm (1.65
in. x 19 in. x 8.66 in.) (with
mounting ears)

Surge protection specifications Surge voltage on the -48 V DC power

port
● Differential mode: 2 kV (1.2/50 μs)
Surge current on the -48 V DC power

port
1.4.4.5 DCDU-05
A direct current distribution unit-05 (DCDU-05) is installed in an EPS30-4815AF
subrack and provides -48 V DC power for the RRUs and transmission equipment. A
DCDU-05 can be installed in an OMB or IMB03.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a DCDU-05.

Figure 1-25 Exterior of a DCDU-05
Function
● Supports -48 V and 20 A DC power inputs.
● Provides two -48 V DC power outputs (one for RRUs and the other for
transmission equipment).

The following figure shows the terminals and circuit breakers on a DCDU-05
panel.
Figure 1-26 Terminals and circuit breakers on a DCDU-05 panel
The following table describes the terminals and circuit breakers on a DCDU-05
panel.
Table 1-22 Terminals and circuit breakers on a DCDU-05 panel

No. Terminal/Port/Circuit Connector
Breaker
(1) Wiring terminal for OT terminal

feeding power (12 A)
into the RRU power
cable

No. Terminal/Port/Circuit Connector

Breaker
(2) Wiring terminal for OT terminal

feeding power (4 A) into
the transmission
equipment
(3) Circuit breaker for the -

RRU
(4) Circuit breaker for the -

transmission equipment
1.4.4.6 DCDU-11A
A direct current distribution unit-11A (DCDU-11A) provides -48 V DC power for
other components in a cabinet. A DCDU-11A is 1 U high and can be installed in a
BTS3900 (Ver.C) cabinet, BTS3900L (Ver.C) cabinet, or RFC (Ver.C).
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a DCDU-11A.
Figure 1-27 Exterior of a DCDU-11A
terminal)

Function
A DCDU-11A performs the following functions:
● Provides one -48 V DC input of 160 A or two -48 V DC inputs of 80 A.

● Provides ten -48 V DC outputs with a maximum of 25 A for each output.
● Provides power to the RFUs and fan assembly in the cabinet.

DCDU-11A panel.
Figure 1-28 Ports, terminals, and circuit breakers on a DCDU-11A panel
Table 1-23 Ports, terminals, and circuit breakers on a DCDU-11A panel
No. Port/ Silkscreen Matched Description

Terminal/ Connector
Circuit and Cable
Breaker
(1) DC input NEG(-) They Negative power input

terminals support terminal
two one-
hole OT
terminals
(M6) and
the cable
with a

No. Port/ Silkscreen Matched Description

Terminal/ Connector
Circuit and Cable
Breaker
RTN(+) maximum Positive power input

cross- terminal
sectional
area of 35
mm2
(0.054 in.
2).
(2) Circuit SW0 to SW9 - The DC output circuit

breakers breakers control
power supplies to the
RFUs and fan
assembly by
controlling the LOAD0
to LOAD9 ports,
respectively.
(3) DC output LOAD0 to The For the specifications

ports LOAD9 LOAD0 to of DC outputs, see
LOAD9 Table 1-24.
ports
adopt a
female
fast
connector
(pressfit
type),
which is
shown in
Figure
1-29 and
supports
the cable
with a
maximum
cross-
sectional
area
ranging
from 1.5
mm2
(0.002 in.2)
to 4 mm2
(0.006 in.
2).

Figure 1-29 Female fast connector (pressfit type)
The following table describes the power distribution of the DC output ports on a
DCDU-11A.
Table 1-24 Power distribution of the DC output ports on a DCDU-11A

Base Station Application DC Output Power- Specif Circuit
Scenario Port Consumin icatio Breake
g ns of r
Equipment the
Circui
t
Break
er
BTS3900A ● RFC (Ver.C) LOAD0 to RFU 0 to 10x25 SW0 to

(Ver.C) in a DC- LOAD5 RFU 5 A SW5
powered
BTS3900A LOAD6 FAN 01B SW6
(Ver.C) LOAD7 to Reserved SW7 to
● RFC (Ver.C) LOAD9 SW9
in an AC-
powered
BTS3900A
(Ver.C)
● BTS3900 ● BTS3900 LOAD0 to RFU 0 to 10x25 SW0 to

(Ver.C) (Ver.C) DC LOAD5 RFU 5 A SW5
● BTS3900L cabinet
LOAD6 FAN 03B SW6
(Ver.C) ● BTS3900
(Ver.C) AC LOAD7 and BBU SW7
cabinet LOAD8 and
● BTS3900L SW8
(Ver.C)
cabinet LOAD9 Reserved SW9
The following table lists the technical specifications of a DCDU-11A.

Table 1-25 Technical specifications of a DCDU-11A

Item Specifications
Dimensions (H x W x D) A DCDU-11A is 1 U high and can be

● 42 mm x 442 mm x 220 mm (1.65
mounting ears)
● 42 mm x 482.6 mm x 220 mm (1.65
mounting ears)


port

port
1.4.4.7 DCDU-11B
A direct current distribution unit-11B (DCDU-11B) provides -48 V DC power for
other components in a cabinet. A DCDU-11B is 1 U high and can be used in an
RFC (Ver.C), TMC11H (Ver.C), BTS3900AL (Ver.A), IMB03, or OMB cabinet.
Exterior
The following figure shows the front and rear views of a DCDU-11B.

Figure 1-30 Front and rear views of a DCDU-11B
terminal)
NOTE
A DCDU-11B uses ground points and equipotential ground points in the following scenarios:
● Scenario 1: A DCDU-11B is installed on an open rack. In this scenario, an equipotential
cable connects the equipotential ground point near the mounting ear on the DCDU-11B
● Scenario 2: A DCDU-11B is installed on a wall as a standalone power distribution device.
In this scenario, the ground points at the rear of the DCDU-11B are connected to the
Function
A DCDU-11B provides ten -48 V DC outputs using different circuit breaker
configurations to meet the power distribution requirements of distributed and
separated base stations.

DCDU-11B panel.

Figure 1-31 Ports, terminals, and circuit breakers on a DCDU-11B panel
DCDU-11B panel.
Table 1-26 Ports, terminals, and circuit breakers on a DCDU-11B panel

N Port/ Silkscreen Connector and Description
o. Termina Cable
l/Circuit
Breaker
(1 DC input NEG(-) Two one-hole OT Negative power input

) terminal terminals (M6). If terminal
s one group of
RTN(+) power cables is Positive power input
used, the terminal
maximum cross-
sectional area of
each power cable
is 35 mm2 (0.054
in.2). If two
groups of power
cables are used,
the maximum
cross-sectional
area of each
power cable is 25
mm2 (0.039 in.2).


o. Termina Cable
l/Circuit
Breaker
(2 Circuit SW0 to SW9 - The DC output circuit

) breakers breakers control power
supplies to the BBU, fan
assembly, and transmission
equipment by controlling
the LOAD0 to LOAD9
ports, respectively.
(3 DC LOAD0 to ● The LOAD0 to For the specifications of

) output LOAD9 LOAD5 ports DC outputs, see Table
ports adopt a female 1-27.
fast connector
(pressfit type),
which is shown
in Figure 1-32
and supports
the cable with
a maximum
cross-sectional
area ranging
from 3.3 mm2
(0.005 in.2) to
10 mm2 (0.016
in.2).
● The LOAD6 to
LOAD9 ports
adopt a female
fast connector
(pressfit type),
which is shown
in Figure 1-33
and supports
the cable with
a maximum
cross-sectional
area ranging
from 1.5 mm2
(0.002 in.2) to
4 mm2 (0.006
in.2).

Figure 1-32 Female fast connector (pressfit type) (matching the LOAD0 to LOAD5
ports)
Figure 1-33 Female fast connector (pressfit type) (matching the LOAD6 to LOAD9
ports)
DCDU-11B.
Table 1-27 Power distribution of the DC output ports on a DCDU-11B
Base Application Scenario DC Power- Specifi Circuit

Station Output Consumi cation Breake
Port ng s of r
Equipme the
nt Circuit
Breake
r
● DBS3900 ● Power cabinet LOAD0 RRU 0 to 10x25 SW0 to

● BTS3900 TMC11H (Ver.C) in to RRU 5 A SW5
A (Ver.C) a DBS3900 LOAD5
● BTS3900 ● DBS3900 where the
LOAD6 Transmissi SW6
C BBU is installed on
and on and
a wall, in a 19-inch
LOAD7 equipmen SW7
rack, or in an
t or BBU
IMB03
● BTS3900A (Ver.C) LOAD8 Transmissi SW8
configured with on
RFUs and RRUs equipmen
● OMB in a t or
BTS3900C EMUB


Station Output Consumi cation Breake
Port ng s of r
Equipme the
nt Circuit
Breake
r
LOAD9 FAN 02B SW9
● BTS3900 ● BTS3900 (Ver.C) LOAD0 RRU 0 to 10x25 SW0 to

(Ver.C) configured with to RRU 5 A SW5
● BTS3900 RFUs and RRUs LOAD5
L (Ver.C) ● BTS3900L (Ver.C) LOAD6 Reserved SW6 to
● BTS3900 configured with to SW9
AL RFUs and RRUs LOAD9
(Ver.A) ● BTS3900AL (Ver.A)
configured with
RFUs and RRUs
The following table lists the technical specifications of a DCDU-11B.
Table 1-28 Technical specifications of a DCDU-11B

Item Specifications
Dimensions (H x W x D) A DCDU-11B is 1 U high and can be

● 42 mm x 442 mm x 220 mm (1.65
mounting ears)
● 42 mm x 482.6 mm x 220 mm (1.65
mounting ears)


port

Item Specifications

port
1.4.4.8 DCDU-11C
A direct current distribution unit-11C (DCDU-11C) provides -48 V DC for other
components in a cabinet. A DCDU-11C is 1 U high and can be installed in a
TMC11H (Ver.C) cabinet.
Exterior
The following figure shows the front and rear views of a DCDU-11C.
Figure 1-34 Front and rear views of a DCDU-11C
terminal)
NOTE
A DCDU-11C does not require the equipotential ground point and ground point.
Function
A DCDU-11C provides ten -48 V DC outputs using different circuit breaker
configurations to meet the power distribution requirements of distributed and
separated base stations.


DCDU-11C panel.
Figure 1-35 Ports, terminals, and circuit breakers on a DCDU-11C panel
DCDU-11C panel.
Table 1-29 Ports, terminals, and circuit breakers on a DCDU-11C panel

o. Termina Cable
l/Circuit
Breaker

s one group of
power cables is
used, the
maximum cross-
sectional area of
each power cable
is 35 mm2 (0.054
in.2). If two
groups of power
cables are used,
the maximum
cross-sectional


o. Termina Cable
l/Circuit
Breaker
RTN(+) area of each Positive power input

power cable is 25 terminal
mm2 (0.039 in.2).
(2 Circuit SW0 to SW9 - The DC output circuit

) breakers breakers control power
supplies to the BBU, fan
assembly, and transmission
equipment by controlling
the LOAD0 to LOAD9
ports, respectively.
(3 DC LOAD0 to The LOAD0 to For the specifications of

) output LOAD9 LOAD9 ports DC outputs, see Table
ports adopt a female 1-30.
fast connector
(pressfit type),
which is shown in
Figure 1-36 and
supports the cable
with a maximum
cross-sectional
area ranging from
1.5 mm2 (0.002 in.
2) to 4 mm2
(0.006 in.2).
Figure 1-36 Female fast connector (pressfit type)
DCDU-11C.

Table 1-30 Power distribution of the DC output ports on a DCDU-11C

Station Output Consum cations Breake
Port ing of the r
Equipm Circuit
ent Breake
r
● BTS3900 ● Power cabinet LOAD0 Transmis 2x6 A SW0

A (Ver.C) TMC11H (Ver.C) in and sion and
● DBS3900 a BTS3900A (Ver.C) LOAD1 equipme SW1
● Transmission nt
cabinet TMC11H
LOAD2 Transmis 2x12 A SW2
(Ver.C) in a
and sion and
BTS3900A (Ver.C)
LOAD3 equipme SW3
● Transmission nt
cabinet TMC11H
(Ver.C) in a LOAD4 Transmis 2x25 A SW4
DBS3900 and sion and
configured with an LOAD5 equipme SW5
APM30H (Ver.C) nt

and sion and
LOAD7 equipme SW7
nt or
BBU

sion
equipme
nt or
EMUB
LOAD9 FAN 02B 1x25 A SW9
The following table lists the technical specifications of a DCDU-11C.

Table 1-31 Technical specifications of a DCDU-11C

Item Specifications
Dimensions (H x W x D) A DCDU-11C is 1 U high and can be

● 42 mm x 442 mm x 220 mm (1.65
mounting ears)
● 42 mm x 482.6 mm x 220 mm (1.65
mounting ears)


port

port
1.4.4.9 DCDU-12A
other components in a cabinet. A DCDU-12A is 1 U high and can be installed in
any of the following cabinets: BTS3900 (Ver.D), BTS3900L (Ver.D), BTS3900
(Ver.E_A~D), BTS3900L (Ver.E_B~D), BTS5900 (Ver.A), BTS5900L (Ver.A), BTS3900
(Ver.D_A), BTS3900 (Ver.D_B), BTS3900L (Ver.D_B), RFC (Ver.D), RFC (Ver.E), RFC
(Ver.D_A1), RFC (Ver.D_A2), RFC (Ver.D_B), BTS3012 (Ver.D_Z), and BTS3012AE
(Ver.D_Z).
Exterior
The following figure shows the front and rear views of a DCDU-12A.

Figure 1-37 Front and rear views of a DCDU-12A
terminal)
Function
A DCDU-12A provides ten -48 V DC outputs using the same fuse configurations to
meet the power distribution requirements of indoor/outdoor macro base stations
and other scenarios.
Port and Terminal

The following figure shows the ports and terminals on a DCDU-12A.
Figure 1-38 Ports and terminals on a DCDU-12A
The following figure shows the ports and terminals on a DCDU-12A.

Table 1-32 Ports and terminals on a DCDU-12A

N Port Silkscreen Connector and Description
o. and Cable
Termina
l

) terminal terminals (M6). terminal
s One group of
RTN(+) power cables up Positive power input
to 35 mm2 (0.054 terminal
in.2) or two
groups of power
cables up to 25
mm2 (0.039 in.2)
are supported.
(2 Fuse LOAD0 to - It controls the LOAD0 to

) blocka LOAD9 LOAD9 ports, and
therefore controls the
power supply to modules
such as RFUs and fan
assemblies.
The indicator on the fuse
block indicates the status
of the fuse.
● When the indicator is
steady on, the fuse is
faulty and must be
replaced.
steady off, the fuse is
working properly.
(3 DC LOAD0 to EPC4 connectors For the specifications of

) output LOAD9 are used for the DC outputs, see Table
ports LOAD0 to LOAD9 1-33.
ports. Figure 1-39
shows the
exterior. The
cross-sectional
area of the
supported cable
ranges from 1.5
mm2 to 4 mm2
(0.0023 in.2 to
0.0062 in.2).
(4 Spare - - It contains three 30 A

) fuse box spare fuses.
a: A fuse block and a DC output terminal are jointly called a fuse terminal block.

DCDU-12A.
Table 1-33 Power distribution of the DC power output ports on a DCDU-12A

Station Scenario Port Consuming Specificat
Equipment ions
● BTS3900 ● RFC (Ver.D) in a LOAD0 to RFU 0 to 10x30 Aa

A (Ver.D) DC BTS3900A LOAD5 RFU 5
● BTS3900 (Ver.D)
LOAD6 FAN 01C
A (Ver.E) ● RFC (Ver.D) in an
● BTS3012 AC BTS3900A LOAD7 to Reserved
AE (Ver.D) LOAD9
(Ver.D_Z) ● RFC (Ver.E) in a
DC BTS3900A
(Ver.E)
● RFC (Ver.E) in an
AC BTS3900A
(Ver.E)
● BTS3012AE
(Ver.D_Z) cabinet
in a DC scenario
● BTS3012AE
(Ver.D_Z) cabinet
in an AC scenario
● BTS3900 ● BTS3900 (Ver.D) LOAD0 to RFU 0 to 10x30 A

(Ver.D) cabinet in a DC LOAD5 RFU 5
● BTS3900L scenario
LOAD6 FAN 03C
(Ver.D) ● BTS3900 (Ver.D)
● BTS3012 cabinet in an AC LOAD7 and BBU
(Ver.D_Z) scenario LOAD8
● BTS3900L (Ver.D)
cabinet


Station Scenario Port Consuming Specificat
Equipment ions
● BTS3012 (Ver.D_Z) LOAD9 Reserved
cabinet
The following table lists the technical specifications of a DCDU-12A.
Table 1-34 Technical specifications of a DCDU-12A

Item Specifications
Dimensions (H x W x D) A DCDU-12A is 1 U high with a case

structure and can be installed in a 19-
inch cabinet or rack. Its dimensions are
as follows:
● 42 mm x 442 mm x 65 mm (1.65 in.
x 17.40 in. x 2.56 in.) (without
mounting ears)
● 42 mm x 482.6 mm x 65 mm (1.65
mounting ears)

distribution. (The output current of

port

port

1.4.4.10 DCDU-12B
A direct current distribution unit-12B (DCDU-12B) provides -48 V DC power for
other components in a cabinet. A DCDU-12B is 1U high and can be installed in
any of the following cabinets: BTS3900 (Ver.D)/BTS3900L (Ver.D)/BTS3900
(Ver.D_A)/BTS3900 (Ver.D_B)/BTS3900L (Ver.D_B)/RFC (Ver.D)/RFC (Ver.E)/RFC
(Ver.D_A1)/RFC (Ver.D_A2)/RFC (Ver.D_B)/BTS3012 (Ver.D_Z)/BTS3012AE
(Ver.D_Z)/TMC11H (Ver.D)/TMC11H (Ver.E)/BTS3900AL (Ver.A)/IMB03/IMB05/
BTS3900 (Ver.E_A~D)/BTS3900L (Ver.E_B~D)/BTS5900 (Ver.A)/BTS5900L (Ver.A)/
ILC29 (Ver.E)/APM5930(DC)/APM5900H/APM5900H-L/IMS06.
Exterior
The following figure shows the front and rear views of a DCDU-12B.
Figure 1-40 Front and rear views of a DCDU-12B
terminal)
NOTE
A DCDU-12B uses ground points and equipotential ground points in the following scenarios:
● Scenario 1: A DCDU-12B is installed on an open rack. In this scenario, an equipotential
cable connects the equipotential ground point near the mounting ear on the DCDU-12B
● Scenario 2: A DCDU-12B is installed on a wall as a standalone power distribution device.
In this scenario, the ground points at the rear of the DCDU-12B are connected to the
Function
The DCDU-12B provides ten -48 V DC outputs using the same fuse configurations
to meet the power distribution requirements of indoor and outdoor macro base
stations, micro base stations, and distributed base stations.

Port
The following figure shows the ports on a DCDU-12B.
Figure 1-41 Ports on a DCDU-12B
The following table describes the ports on a DCDU-12B.
Table 1-35 Ports on a DCDU-12B

o. Cable

s one group of
RTN(+) power cables is Positive power input
used, the terminal
maximum cross-
sectional area of
each power cable
is 35 mm2 (0.054
in.2). If two
groups of power
cables are used,
the maximum
cross-sectional
area of each
power cable is 25
mm2 (0.039 in.2).


o. Cable

) block LOAD9 LOAD9 ports, and
such as BBUs, fan
assemblies, and
transmission equipment.
of the fuse.
faulty and must be
replaced.
working properly.


o. Cable
(3 DC LOAD0 to ● Figure 1-42 or For the specifications of

) output LOAD9 Figure 1-43 DC outputs, see Table
terminal shows the 1-36.
sa exterior of an
EPC5/EPC11
connector that
applies to any
of the LOAD0
to LOAD5
ports. The
cross-sectional
area of the
supported
cable ranges
from 3.3 mm2
to 10 mm2
(0.005 in.2 to
0.016 in.2).
● Figure 1-44
shows the
exterior of an
EPC4 connector
that applies to
any of the
LOAD6 to
LOAD9 ports.
The cross-
sectional area
of the
supported
cable ranges
from 1.5 mm2
to 4 mm2
(0.0023 in.2 to
0.0062 in.2).

a: EPC4 and EPC5/EPC11 connectors must be connected to cables onsite.
NOTE

a DCDU-12B.
Table 1-36 Power distribution of the DC output terminals on a DCDU-12B

Base Station Application Scenario DC Output Power- Fuse
Terminal Consuming Specifi
Equipment cations
DBS3900 ● Power cabinet LOAD0 to RRU 10x30

TMC11H (Ver.D) or LOAD5 Ab
TMC11H (Ver.E) in
a DBS3900


Equipment cations
● Wall installation, LOAD6 and Transmissio
19-inch rack, or LOAD7 n
IMB03 used in a equipment,
DBS3900 BBU, or
RRUa
LOAD8 Transmissio
n
equipment
or RRUa
LOAD9 FAN 02D or

FAN 02E
BTS3900AL BTS3900AL (Ver.A) LOAD0 to RRU 0 to 10x30

(Ver.A) configured with RFUs LOAD8 RRU 8 A
and RRUs
BTS3900AL BTS3900AL (Ver.A) LOAD9 Reserved 10x30

(Ver.A) configured with RFUs A
and RRUs
● BTS3900A ● RFC (Ver.D) in a LOAD0 to RRU 0 to 10x30

(Ver.D) BTS3900A (Ver.D) LOAD8 RRU 8 A
● BTS3900A configured with
RFUs and RRUs LOAD9 Reserved 10x30
(Ver.E) A
● BTS3900 ● RFC (Ver.E) in a
(Ver.D) BTS3900A (Ver.E)
configured with
● BTS3900L RFUs and RRUs
(Ver.D)
● Cabinet in a
● BTS3012AE BTS3900 (Ver.D)
(Ver.D_Z) configured with
● BTS3012 RFUs and RRUs
(Ver.D_Z) ● Cabinet in a
BTS3900L (Ver.D)
configured with
RFUs and RRUs
● Cabinet in a
BTS3012AE
(Ver.D_Z)
configured with
RFUs and RRUs
● Cabinet in a
BTS3012 (Ver.D_Z)
configured with
RFUs and RRUs


Equipment cations
a: When six or fewer RRUs are configured, connect the RRUs preferentially to
power ports LOAD0 to LOAD5. Ports LOAD6 to LOAD8 only supply power to the
seventh to ninth RRUs when more than six RRUs are configured.
b: The output current of one circuit cannot exceed 25 A.
The following table lists the technical specifications of a DCDU-12B.
Table 1-37 Technical specifications of a DCDU-12B

Item Specifications
Dimensions (H x W x D) A DCDU-12B is 1U high with a case

structure and can be installed in a 19-
inch cabinet or rack. Its dimensions are
as follows:
● 42 mm x 442 mm x 65 mm (1.65 in. x
17.40 in. x 2.56 in.) (without
mounting ears)
● 42 mm x 482.6 mm x 65 mm (1.65 in.
x 19 in. x 2.56 in.) (with mounting
ears)

circuit cannot exceed 25 A.)
Surge protection specifications of Surge voltage on the -48 V DC power

ports port

port

1.4.4.11 DCDU-12C
A direct current distribution unit-12C (DCDU-12C) provides -48 V DC power for
other components in a cabinet. A DCDU-12C is 1 U high and can be installed in a
BTS3012 (Ver.D_Z), BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z), TMC11H (Ver.D), TMC11H (Ver.E),
TMC11H (Ver.D_A1), TMC11H (Ver.D_A2), TMC11H (Ver.D_B), BTS3900AL (Ver.A),
or IBC10 cabinet.
Exterior
The following figure shows the front and rear of a DCDU-12C.
Figure 1-45 Front and rear of a DCDU-12C
terminal)
NOTE
A DCDU-12C does not require the equipotential ground point and ground point.
Function
A DCDU-12C provides ten -48 V DC outputs using the same fuse configurations to
meet the power distribution requirements of distributed base stations and outdoor
macro base stations.
Port and Terminal

The following table describes the ports and terminals on a DCDU-12C.

Figure 1-46 Ports and terminals on a DCDU-12C
The following table describes the terminals and ports on a DCDU-12C.
Table 1-38 Ports and terminals on a DCDU-12C

o. Termina Cable
l

) terminal terminals (M6). terminal
s The cross-
RTN(+) sectional area of Positive power input
the cable is 16 terminal
mm2 (0.025 in.2)
by default.

) block LOAD9 LOAD9 ports, and
such as BBUs, fan
assemblies, and
transmission equipment.
of the fuse.
faulty and must be
replaced.
working properly.


o. Termina Cable
l
(3 DC LOAD0 to Figure 1-47 For the specifications of

) output LOAD9 shows the exterior DC outputs, see Table
ports of an EPC4 1-39.
connector that
applies to any of
the LOAD0 to
LOAD9 ports. The
cross-sectional
area of the cable
supported ranges
from 1.5 mm2
(0.0023 in.2) to 4
mm2 (0.0062 in.2).

NOTE
The following table describes the power distribution of the DC power output ports
on a DCDU-12C.
Table 1-39 Power distribution of the DC output ports on a DCDU-12C
Base Application Scenario DC Output Power- Fuse

Station Port Consuming Specif
Equipment icatio
ns
● BTS3900 ● Power cabinet TMC11H LOAD0 to Transmissio 10x30

A (Ver.D) (Ver.D) in a BTS3900A LOAD5 and n Aa
(Ver.D) LOAD8 equipment


Equipment icatio
ns
● BTS3900 ● Power cabinet TMC11H LOAD6 and Transmissio
A (Ver.E) (Ver.E) in a BTS3900A LOAD7 n
● DBS3900 (Ver.E) equipment
● Transmission cabinet or BBU
TMC11H (Ver.D) in a
LOAD9 FAN 02D
BTS3900A (Ver.D)
● Transmission cabinet
TMC11H (Ver.D) in a
DBS3900 configured
with an APM30H
(Ver.D)
BTS3900AL Equipment compartment LOAD0 CCU 10x30

(Ver.A) of a BTS3900AL (Ver.A) A
cabinet LOAD1 Reserved
LOAD2 and Transmissio

LOAD3 n
equipment
LOAD4 Battery
cabinet
LOAD5 to BBU
LOAD8
LOAD9 HEX
RF compartment of a LOAD0 to RFU 10x30

BTS3900AL (Ver.A) cabinet LOAD8 A
LOAD9 FAU 10x30

A
BTS3012AE BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) LOAD0 to Transmissio 10x30

(Ver.D_Z) cabinet in a DC scenario LOAD5 n A
equipment
LOAD6 and Transmissio 10x30

LOAD7 n A
equipment
or BBU
LOAD8 Transmissio 10x30

n A
equipment
LOAD9 Reserved 10x30

A


Equipment icatio
ns
DBS3900 IBC10 in a DC DBS3900 LOAD0 and USU 10x30

LOAD1 ports A
on 0#
DCDU-12C
DBS3900 IBC10 in a DC DBS3900 LOAD2 and FAU03D 10x30

LOAD3 ports A
on 0#
DCDU-12C
DBS3900 IBC10 in a DC DBS3900 LOAD0 to BBU 10x30

LOAD4 on A
1#
DCDU-12C
DBS3900 IBC10 in a DC DBS3900 LOAD0 to BBU 10x30

LOAD4 ports A
on 2#
DCDU-12C
The following table lists the technical specifications of a DCDU-12C.
Table 1-40 Technical specifications of a DCDU-12C
Item Specifications
Dimensions (H x W x D) A DCDU-12C is 1 U high and can be

● 42 mm x 442 mm x 65 mm (1.65 in.
x 17.40 in. x 2.56 in.) (without
mounting ears)
● 42 mm x 482.6 mm x 65 mm (1.65
mounting ears)

distribution. (The output current of

Item Specifications
Surge protection specifications of ports Surge voltage on the -48 V DC power

port

port
1.4.4.12 DCDU-13A
other components in a cabinet. A DCDU-13A is 1 U high and can be installed in an
RFC (Ver.D_A) or RFC (Ver.E_A).
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a DCDU-13A.
Figure 1-48 Exterior of a DCDU-13A
Function
The DCDU-13A has the following functions:
● Supports -48 V and 80 A DC power inputs.
● Provides four -48 V DC power outputs for other boards or modules in the
cabinet.
● Provides surge protection of 10 kA in differential mode and 20 kA in common
mode and dry contacts for reporting the surge protection failure alarm.
Port
The following figure shows the ports on the DCDU-13A panel.

Figure 1-49 Ports on the DCDU-13A panel
No. Port Silkscree Connector and Description

n Cable
1 Dry contact DC_SPD - Dry contact alarm

output port output port
2 DC output LOAD0 to EPC4 connector ● The LOAD0 to

ports LOAD3 (as shown in the LOAD3 ports
following figure) on the left
DCDU-13A in
the cabinet
provide power
for the CMUEA
and RFU 0 to
RFU 2.
● The LOAD0 to
LOAD2 ports
on the right
DCDU-13A in
the cabinet
provide power
for RFU 3 to
RFU 5. The
LOAD3 port is
reserved.
3 DC input NEG(-) Two one-hole OT It is a negative

terminals terminals (M6). power input
The maximum terminal.
cross-sectional
RTN(+) area of the single It is a positive
cable is 35 mm2 power input
terminal.
(0.054 in.2) and
each maximum
cross-sectional
area of the two
pairs of cables is
16 mm2 (0.025 in.
2). The default
cross-sectional
area is 25 mm2
(0.039 in.2).

Figure 1-50 EPC4 connector
1.4.5 EPS4890
An EPS4890 can be used in an IMB03 used together with an indoor centralized
rack (ICR) to convert AC power into DC power and distributes the DC power.
1.4.5.1 Components of an EPS4890

An EPS4890 consists of an EPS4890 subrack, a PMU 01B, and PSUs (EPW30-48A).
The following figure shows the components of an EPS4890.
Figure 1-51 Components of an EPS4890
(1) 1.4.24.6 PMU 01B (2) 1.4.25.5 PSU (3) 1.4.5.2 EPS4890 Subrack
(EPW30-48A)
1.4.5.2 EPS4890 Subrack

An EPS4890 subrack houses a PMU 01B and PSUs (EPW30-48A) and distributes
DC power to other components.

Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an EPS4890 subrack.
Figure 1-52 Exterior of an EPS4890 subrack
Port
The following figure shows the terminals and circuit breaker on an EPS4890
subrack.
Figure 1-53 Terminals and circuit breaker on an EPS4890 subrack
The following table describes the terminals and circuit breaker on an EPS4890
subrack.
Table 1-41 Terminals and circuit breaker on an EPS4890 subrack
Item Remarks
(1) Power input terminals Connect to AC input power cables.
(2) Storage battery circuit breaker Controls power supply to storage

batteries.

Item Remarks
(3) Storage battery power input The BAT(-) terminal connects to the
terminal negative poles of storage batteries, and
the BAT(+) terminal connects to the
positive poles of storage batteries.
(4) Power output terminals LOAD1(-) and LOAD2(-) wiring

terminals connect to NEG(-) power
cables, and RTN(+) wiring terminals
connect to RTN(+) power cables.
1.4.6 EPU02B
An EPU02B is a DC power distribution unit, which is configured with a BDU70-03
to provide -57 V DC power for RRUs/AAUs. The subrack provides four -48 V DC
outputs for devices such as the BBU and FAN.
NOTE
For details about the power requirements and power distribution schemes of the EPU02B,
see corresponding "Power Requirements" and "Power Distribution Schemes" sections in
base station model sections.
The following table describes configuration principles for the EPU02B in different
cabinets.
Table 1-42 EPU02B configuration principles

Boosted-
Voltage Power
Outputs
DBS3900 APM30H (Ver.D)/APM30H 3 1 EPU02B

(Ver.D_C)/APM30H
(Ver.D_B)/TMC11H (Ver.E)/
(Ver.E_B~D)/TMC11H
(Ver.D_B)/TMC11H
(Ver.D_C)
OMB (Ver.C) DC 3 1 EPU02B
IMB03 DC 3 1 EPU02B
IMB05 DC 6 2 EPU02Bs
19-inch rack 3 1 EPU02B
DBS5900 IMB05 DC 6 2 EPU02Bs
ILC29 (Ver.E) 9 3 EPU02Bs


Boosted-
Voltage Power
Outputs
APM5930(DC) 6 2 EPU02Bs
19-inch rack 9 3 EPU02Bs
BTS3900A APM30H (Ver.E)/APM30H 3 1 EPU02B

(Ver.E_D)/APM30H
(Ver.E_C)/APM30H
(Ver.E_B)/APM30H (Ver.D)/
APM30H (Ver.D_C)/
APM30H (Ver.D_B)/
TMC11H (Ver.E)/TMC11H
(Ver.D)/TMC11H
(Ver.E_B~D)/TMC11H
(Ver.D_B)/TMC11H
(Ver.D_C)
BTS3900 BTS3900 (Ver.D) DC 3 1 EPU02B
BTS3900L BTS3900L (Ver.D) DC 3 1 EPU02B
BTS5900 BTS3900 (Ver.E_A~D) 3 1 EPU02B
BTS5900 (Ver.A) 6 2 EPU02Bs
BTS5900L BTS3900L (Ver.E_A~D) 3 1 EPU02B
BTS5900L (Ver.A) 6 2 EPU02Bs
BTS3900AL BTS3900AL DC 6 2 EPU02Bs

BTS3900AL AC
1.4.6.1 Components of an EPU02B

The EPU02B consists of the EPU02B subrack and BDU70-03.
The following figure shows the components of an EPU02B.

Figure 1-54 Components of an EPU02B
(1) EPU02B subrack (2) BDU70-03
1.4.6.2 EPU02B Subrack

An EPU02B subrack houses the BDU70-03 and provides -48 V DC power.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an EPU02B subrack.
Figure 1-55 Exterior of an EPU02B subrack
Function
An EPU02B subrack houses a BDU70-03 and provides four -48 V DC outputs and
three -57 V voltage boosting power outputs by default.
Port/Terminal
The following figure shows the ports/terminals on an EPU02B subrack.

Figure 1-56 Ports/Terminals on an EPU02B subrack
The following table describes the ports/terminals on an EPU02B subrack.
Table 1-43 Ports/Terminals on an EPU02B subrack
Port/ Silkscreen Connector Protective Description

Terminal Device
Specificatio
ns
(1) -48 V DC INPUT One-hole OT - Connect to

power input terminal (M6)a DC input
terminals power cables.
(2) -48 V DC LOAD0 to EPC4 4x30 A Provide

power output LOAD3 connectorb (FUSE) power for
ports BBUs, fans,
and
transmission
equipment.
a: For details about the supported cable cross-sectional area, see 3900 & 5900
Series Base Station Cables. For example, for details about the EPU02B input
power cable, see "EPU02B Power Cable."
when the module is used to supply power to the BBU, see "BBU Power Cable.")
NOTE
The EPU02B subrack provides four DC outputs and three voltage boosting power outputs by
default.

The following table lists the technical specifications of an EPU02B subrack.
Table 1-44 Technical specifications of an EPU02B subrack

Item Specifications
Dimensions (H x W x D) 43.6 mm x 442 mm x 310 mm (1.72 in. x 17.40

in. x 12.20 in.)
Weight 7 kg (15.43 lb, including one BDU70-03)
Maximum input current 200 A
-48 V output power 4x30 A fuses are used for the power distribution.
(Each power output is less than or equal to 25 A,
and the total power output is less than or equal
to 60 A.)
Surge protection 10 kA in differential mode

specifications of ports 20 kA in common mode
1.4.7 EPU02S
An EPU02S is a DC power distribution unit, which is configured with an SDU60-02
to provide -57 V to -72 V DC power for RRUs/AAUs. The subrack provides four -48
V DC outputs for devices such as the BBU and FAN.
NOTE
For details about the power requirements and power distribution schemes of the EPU02S,
see corresponding "Power Requirements" and "Power Distribution Schemes" sections in
base station model sections.
The following table describes configuration principles for the EPU02S in different
cabinets.

Table 1-45 EPU02S configuration principles

Boosted-
Voltage Power
Outputs
DBS3900 APM30H (Ver.D)/APM30H 3 1 EPU02S

(Ver.D_C)/APM30H
(Ver.D_B)/TMC11H (Ver.E)/
(Ver.E_B~D)/TMC11H
(Ver.D_B)/TMC11H
(Ver.D_C)
OMB (Ver.C) DC 3 1 EPU02S
IMB03 DC 3 1 EPU02S
IMB05 DC 6 2 EPU02Ss
19-inch rack 3 1 EPU02S
DBS5900 IMB05 DC 6 2 EPU02Ss
ILC29 (Ver.E) 9 3 EPU02Ss
APM5930(DC) 6 2 EPU02Ss
19-inch rack 9 3 EPU02Ss
BTS3900A APM30H (Ver.E)/APM30H 3 1 EPU02S

(Ver.E_D)/APM30H
(Ver.E_C)/APM30H
(Ver.E_B)/APM30H (Ver.D)/
APM30H (Ver.D_C)/
APM30H (Ver.D_B)/
TMC11H (Ver.E)/TMC11H
(Ver.D)/TMC11H
(Ver.E_B~D)/TMC11H
(Ver.D_B)/TMC11H
(Ver.D_C)
BTS3900 BTS3900 (Ver.D) DC 3 1 EPU02S
BTS3900L BTS3900L (Ver.D) DC 3 1 EPU02S
BTS5900 BTS3900 (Ver.E_A~D) 3 1 EPU02S
BTS5900 (Ver.A) 6 2 EPU02Ss
BTS5900L BTS3900L (Ver.E_A~D) 3 1 EPU02S
BTS5900L (Ver.A) 6 2 EPU02Ss
BTS3900AL BTS3900AL DC 6 2 EPU02Ss

BTS3900AL AC

1.4.7.1 Components of an EPU02S

The EPU02S consists of the EPU02S subrack and SDU60-02.
The following figure shows the components of an EPU02S.
Figure 1-57 Components of an EPU02S
(1) EPU02S subrack (2) SDU60-02
1.4.7.2 EPU02S Subrack

An EPU02S subrack houses the SDU60-02 and provides -48 V DC power.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an EPU02S subrack.
Figure 1-58 Exterior of an EPU02S subrack
Function
An EPU02S subrack houses two SDU60-02 modules and provides four -48 V DC
outputs and three -57 V to -72 V voltage boosting power outputs by default.

Port/Terminal
The following figure shows the ports/terminals on an EPU02S subrack.
Figure 1-59 Ports/Terminals on an EPU02S subrack
The following table describes the ports/terminals on an EPU02S subrack.
Table 1-46 Ports/Terminals on an EPU02S subrack

Port/Terminal Silkscreen Connector Protective Remarks
Device
Specificati
ons
(1) -48 V DC INPUT One-hole OT - Connect to DC

power input terminal (M6)a input power
terminals cables.
(2) -48 V DC LOAD0 to EPC4 4x30 A Provide power

power output LOAD3 connectorb (FUSE) for BBUs, fans,
ports and
transmission
equipment.

NOTE
The EPU02S subrack provides four DC outputs and three voltage boosting power outputs by
default.
Table 1-47 Technical specifications of an EPU02S subrack

Item Specifications

in. x 12.20 in.)
Weight 7 kg (15.43 lb, including two SDU60-02s)
to 60 A.)

1.4.8 EPU02S-02
An EPU02S-02 is a DC power distribution unit, which is configured with an
SDU60-02 and SDU30-01 to provide -57 V to -72 V DC power for RRUs/AAUs. The
subrack provides four -48 V DC outputs for devices such as the BBU and fan
assembly.
NOTE
For details about the power requirements and power distribution schemes of the
EPU02S-02, see corresponding "Power Requirements" and "Power Distribution Schemes"
sections in base station model sections.
The following table describes configuration principles for the EPU02S-02 in

different cabinets.

Table 1-48 EPU02S-02 configuration principles

Voltage
Boosting Power
Outputs
DBS3900 APM30H (Ver.D), APM30H 3 1 EPU02S-02

(Ver.D_C), APM30H
(Ver.D_B), TMC11H (Ver.E),
TMC11H (Ver.D), TMC11H
(Ver.E_B~D), TMC11H
(Ver.D_B), or TMC11H
(Ver.D_C)
OMB (Ver.C) DC 3 1 EPU02S-02
IMB03 DC 3 1 EPU02S-02
IMB05 DC 6 2 EPU02S-02s
19-inch rack 3 1 EPU02S-02
DBS5900 IMB05 DC 6 2 EPU02S-02s
ILC29 (Ver.E) 9 3 EPU02S-02s
APM5930(DC) 6 2 EPU02S-02s
19-inch rack 9 3 EPU02S-02s
BTS3900A APM30H (Ver.E), APM30H 3 1 EPU02S-02

(Ver.E_D), APM30H
(Ver.E_C), APM30H
(Ver.E_B), APM30H (Ver.D),
APM30H (Ver.D_C),
APM30H (Ver.D_B),
TMC11H (Ver.E), TMC11H
(Ver.D), TMC11H
(Ver.E_B~D), TMC11H
(Ver.D_B), or TMC11H
(Ver.D_C)
BTS3900 BTS3900 (Ver.D) DC 3 1 EPU02S-02
BTS3900L BTS3900L (Ver.D) DC 3 1 EPU02S-02
BTS5900 BTS3900 (Ver.E_A~D) 3 1 EPU02S-02
BTS5900 (Ver.A) 6 2 EPU02S-02s
BTS5900L BTS3900L (Ver.E_A~D) 3 1 EPU02S-02
BTS5900L (Ver.A) 6 2 EPU02S-02s
BTS3900AL BTS3900AL DC 6 2 EPU02S-02s

BTS3900AL AC

1.4.8.1 Components of an EPU02S-02

The EPU02S-02 consists of the EPU02S-02 subrack, SDU60-02, and SDU30-01.
The following figure shows the components of an EPU02S-02.
Figure 1-60 Components of an EPU02S-02
(1) 1.4.8.2 EPU02S-02 (2) 1.4.29.2 SDU60-02 (3) 1.4.29.1 SDU30-01

Subrack
1.4.8.2 EPU02S-02 Subrack

An EPU02S-02 subrack houses the SDU60-02 and SDU30-01 and provides -48 V
DC power.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an EPU02S-02 subrack.
Figure 1-61 Exterior of an EPU02S-02 subrack
Function
An EPU02S-02 subrack houses an SDU60-02 and an SDU30-01 and provides four
-48 V DC outputs and three -57 V to -72 V voltage boosting power outputs by
default.

Port/Terminal
The following figure shows the ports/terminals on an EPU02S-02 subrack.
Figure 1-62 Ports/Terminals on an EPU02S-02 subrack
The following table describes the ports/terminals on an EPU02S-02 subrack.
Table 1-49 Ports/Terminals on an EPU02S-02 subrack

Port/Terminal Silkscreen Connector Protective Remarks
Device
Specificati
ons

power input terminal input power
terminals (M6)a cables.

power output LOAD3 connectorb (FUSE) for BBUs, fans,
ports and
transmission
equipment.

NOTE
The EPU02S-02 subrack provides four DC outputs and three voltage boosting power outputs
by default.
Table 1-50 Technical specifications of an EPU02S-02 subrack

Item Specifications

in. x 12.20 in.)
Weight 7 kg (15.43 lb, including one SDU60-02 and one

SDU30-01)
to 60 A.)

1.4.9 EPU02D and EPU02D-02

An EPU02D or EPU02D-02 is a DC power distribution unit, which is configured
with the BDU65-03 to provide -57 V DC power for RRUs. The subrack provides four
-48 V DC outputs for devices such as the BBU and FAN.
NOTE
For details about the power requirements and power distribution schemes of the EPU02D/
EPU02D-02, see corresponding "Power Requirements" and "Power Distribution Schemes"
sections in base station model sections.
The following table describes configuration principles for the EPU02D in different
cabinets.

Table 1-51 EPU02D configuration principles

Base Cabinet Maximum Configuration Principle
Station Number of
Boosted-Voltage
Power Outputs
DBS390 APM30H (Ver.D), 6 1 EPU02D

0 APM30H (Ver.E),
APM30H
(Ver.E_B~D),
APM30H (Ver.D_C),
or APM30H
(Ver.D_B)
TMC11H (Ver.E), 6 1 EPU02D

TMC11H (Ver.D),
TMC11H
(Ver.E_B~D),
TMC11H (Ver.D_B),
or TMC11H
(Ver.D_C)
DC OMB (Ver.C) 6 1 EPU02D
DC IMB03 6 1 EPU02D
DC IMB05 12 2 EPU02Ds
19-inch rack 6 1 EPU02D
DBS590 DC IMB05 12 2 EPU02Ds

0
BTS390 APM30H (Ver.D), 6 1 EPU02D

0A APM30H (Ver.D_C),
APM30H (Ver.D_B),
TMC11H (Ver.D),
TMC11H (Ver.D_B),
TMC11H (Ver.D_C),
APM30H (Ver.E), or
APM30H (Ver.E_B~D)
TMC11H (Ver.E) or 6 1 EPU02D

TMC11H (Ver.E_B~D)
BTS390 BTS3900 (Ver.D) DC 6 1 EPU02D

0
BTS390 BTS3900L (Ver.D) DC 6 1 EPU02D

0L
BTS390 BTS3900AL DC 12 2 EPU02Ds

0AL BTS3900AL AC

The following table describes configuration principles for the EPU02D-02 in

different cabinets.
Table 1-52 EPU02D-02 configuration principles

Station Number of
Boosted-Voltage
Power Outputs
DBS390 APM30H (Ver.D), 3 1 EPU02D-02

0 APM30H (Ver.E),
APM30H
(Ver.E_B~D),
APM30H (Ver.D_C),
or APM30H
(Ver.D_B)
TMC11H (Ver.E), 3 1 EPU02D-02

TMC11H (Ver.D),
TMC11H
(Ver.E_B~D),
TMC11H (Ver.D_B),
or TMC11H
(Ver.D_C)
DC OMB (Ver.C) 3 1 EPU02D-02
DC IMB03 3 1 EPU02D-02
DC IMB05 6 2 EPU02D-02s
19-inch rack 3 1 EPU02D-02
DBS590 DC IMB05 6 2 EPU02D-02s

0
ILC29 (Ver.E) 9 3 EPU02D-02s
DBS590 APM5930(AC) or 6 2 EPU02D-02s

0 APM5930(DC)
BTS390 APM30H (Ver.D), 3 1 EPU02D-02

0A APM30H (Ver.D_C),
APM30H (Ver.D_B),
TMC11H (Ver.D),
TMC11H (Ver.D_B),
TMC11H (Ver.D_C),
APM30H (Ver.E), or
APM30H (Ver.E_B~D)
TMC11H (Ver.E) or 3 1 EPU02D-02

TMC11H (Ver.E_B~D)
BTS390 BTS3900 (Ver.D) DC 3 1 EPU02D-02

0


Station Number of
Boosted-Voltage
Power Outputs
BTS590 BTS3900 (Ver.E_A~D) 6 2 EPU02D-02s

0 BTS5900 (Ver.A)
BTS390 BTS3900L (Ver.D) DC 3 1 EPU02D-02

0L
BTS590 BTS3900L 6 2 EPU02D-02s

0L (Ver.E_B~D)
BTS5900L (Ver.A)
BTS390 BTS3900AL DC 6 2 EPU02D-02s

0AL BTS3900AL AC
1.4.9.1 Components of an EPU02D/EPU02D-02

An EPU02D or EPU02D-02 consists of an EPU02D series subrack, several
BDU65-03s, and a PMU 12A.
The following figure shows the components of an EPU02D.
Figure 1-63 Components of an EPU02D
(1) EPU02D series subrack (2) BDU65-03 (3) PMU 12A
The following figure shows the components of an EPU02D-02.

Figure 1-64 Components of an EPU02D-02
(1) EPU02D series subrack (2) BDU65-03 (3) PMU 12A
1.4.9.2 EPU02D Series Subrack

An EPU02D series subrack houses the BDU65-03 and PMU 12A and provides -48 V
DC power.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an EPU02D series subrack.
Figure 1-65 Exterior of an EPU02D series subrack
Function
An EPU02D subrack houses the BDU65-03 and provides four -48 V DC outputs by
default. When configured with the BDU65-03, an EPU02D can provide a maximum
of six voltage boosting power outputs.
An EPU02D-02 subrack houses the BDU65-03 and provides four -48 V DC outputs
by default. When configured with the BDU65-03, an EPU02D-02 can provide a
maximum of three voltage boosting power outputs.
Port/Terminal
The following figure shows the ports/terminals on an EPU02D series subrack.

Figure 1-66 Ports/Terminals on an EPU02D series subrack
The following table describes the ports/terminals on an EPU02D series subrack.
Table 1-53 Ports/Terminals on an EPU02D series subrack
Port/ Silkscreen Connector Protective Description

Terminal Device
Specification
s

power input terminal (M6)a input power
terminals cables.

power LOAD3 connectorb (FUSE) of 30 A
output ports current for
BBUs, fans,
and
transmission
equipment.
The following table lists the technical specifications of an EPU02D series subrack.

Table 1-54 Technical specifications of an EPU02D series subrack

Item Specifications
Dimensions (H x W x D) 43.6 mm x 442 mm x 310 mm (1.72 in.

x 17.40 in. x 12.20 in.)
Weight ● 6.5 kg (14.33 lb, including one

BDU65-03)
● 8.5 kg (18.74 lb, including two
BDU65-03s)
distribution. (Each power output is less
than or equal to 25 A, and the total
power output is less than or equal to
45 A.)
Surge protection specifications of ports 10 kA in differential mode

20 kA in common mode
NOTE
The EPU02D series subrack provides four DC outputs by default. When configured with the
BDU65-03, an EPU02D can provide a maximum of six voltage boosting outputs while an
EPU02D-02 can provide a maximum of three voltage boosting outputs.
1.4.10 EPU03A-21
An EPU03A-21 can be used in an MRE1000 to convert AC power into DC power
and distribute the DC power.
1.4.10.1 Components of an EPU03A-21

The EPU03A-21 includes the EPU03A-21 subrack, PSU (R4850G2), and
BDU65-03/HSU (C28005G1).
Components of an EPU03A-21
The following figure shows the composition of an EPU03A-21 when it is
configured with a BDU65-03.

Figure 1-67 Components of an EPU03A-21 with a BDU65-03
(1) BDU65-03 (2) 1.4.25.3 PSU (3) 1.4.10.2 (4) 1.4.24.7 PMIU
(R4850G2) EPU03A-21 Subrack
The following figure shows the composition of an EPU03A-21 when it is

configured with an HSU (C28005G1).
Figure 1-68 Components of an EPU03A-21 with an HSU (C28005G1)
(1) 1.4.19 HSU (2) 1.4.25.3 PSU (3) 1.4.10.2 (4) 1.4.24.7 PMIU
(C28005G1) (R4850G2) EPU03A-21 Subrack
1.4.10.2 EPU03A-21 Subrack

The EPU03A-21 subrack is used in an MRE1000 to house the BDU65-03 or HSU
(C28005G1) and PSU (R4850G2), and provide the DC power distribution function.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an EPU03A-21 subrack.

Figure 1-69 Exterior of an EPU03A-21 subrack
Port
The following figure shows the ports and terminals on an EPU03A-21 subrack.
Figure 1-70 Ports and terminals on the panel of an EPU03A-21 subrack
The following table describes the ports and terminals on the panel of an
EPU03A-21 subrack.
Table 1-55 Ports and terminals on the panel of an EPU03A-21 subrack

No. Port Silkscreen Connector Description
(1) AC input L/L1 OT Connect to an AC power

terminals INPUT terminal distribution box in the
N/L2 (M4) MRE1000 to introduce power to
the EPU03A-21 when external
AC power input is used.

(2) to -48 V DC LOAD0 to EPC4 Provide six 30 A DC (FUSE)

(7) output LOAD5 connector outputs:
ports/ ● LOAD0: reserved
terminals
● LOAD1: output for the
HSMU01D
● LOAD2 and LOAD3: outputs
for the BBU
● LOAD4: output for
● LOAD5: output for an
FAU01D-05
(8) Power BAT OT Connects to an AC power

output terminal distribution box in the
port for (M4) MRE1000 to introduce power to
storage the EPU03A-21 when external
batteries storage battery input is used.
(9) Power PMI RJ45 Connects to the PMI port on

equipme connector the CCUB in the same cabinet
nt and reports monitoring
monitori information about the power
ng port subrack to the CCUB.
(10) CAN CAN 2-pin Supports the CAN signal

communi connector communication between the
cation EPU03A-21 and PDU08H-01.
port
1.4.11 EPU03A
An EPU03A can be used in an APM30H (Ver.C) to convert AC power into DC
power and distribute the DC power. EPU03A types include EPU03A-02, EPU03A-03,
EPU03A-04, and EPU03A-05. An EPU03A-02 or EPU03A-04 can be used in a
separated macro base station, and an EPU03A-03 or EPU03A-05 can be used in a
distributed base station.
1.4.11.1 Components of an EPU03A

An EPU03A consists of an EPU03A subrack, a PMU 01B, and PSUs (PSU4850A).
Components of an EPU03A-02 or EPU03A-04

The following figure shows the components of an EPU03A-02 or EPU03A-04.

Figure 1-71 Components of an EPU03A-02 or EPU03A-04
(1) 1.4.24.6 PMU 01B (2) 1.4.25.4 PSU (PSU4850A) (3) 1.4.11.2 EPU03A-02 and
EPU03A-04 Subracks

(1) 1.4.24.6 PMU 01B (2) 1.4.25.4 PSU (PSU4850A) (3) 1.4.11.3 EPU03A-03 and
EPU03A-05 Subracks
1.4.11.2 EPU03A-02 and EPU03A-04 Subracks

An EPU03A-02 or EPU03A-04 subrack provides slots for a PMU 01B and PSUs
(PSU4850A) and distributes AC or DC power to other components. EPU03A-02 or
EPU03A-04 subracks can be used in separated macro base stations with different
AC power inputs.

Subrack Types and Applications

The following table lists the types and applications of EPU03A-02 and EPU03A-04
subracks.
Table 1-56 Types and applications of EPU03A-02 and EPU03A-04 subracks
Type Application Remarks
Separated macro It is a 5 U subrack, housing a maximum

base station with of three PSUs (PSU4850A) and one PMU
EPU03A-02
external 220 V AC 01B. It distributes large- and small-
input capacity DC power.
Separated macro
base station with
EPU03A-04
external 110 V AC
input
Exterior
Figure 1-73 and Figure 1-74 show the exteriors of EPU03A-02 and EPU03A-04
subracks.
(1) AC INPUT (2) AC OUTPUT (3) PSU1 to PSU3 (4) AC OUTPUT (5) Storage
circuit breakers circuit breaker battery circuit
breaker
(6) TMC circuit (7) BBU_0 circuit (8) BBU_1 circuit (9) RFC1 circuit (10) RFC2 circuit
breaker breaker breaker breaker breaker

(11) Extraction (12) Spare fuse (13) Storage (14) RFC2 power (15) RFC1 power
tool box battery power output port output port
output port
(16) DC power (17) Fuses (18) AC surge (19) Short- -

output ports protector circuiting bar
NOTE
If a short-circuiting bar is installed on the "AC INPUT" wiring terminals to connect the L1,
L2, and L3 terminals in an EPU03A-02 subrack with 220 V AC power, the EPU subrack
supplies 220 V AC single-phase power. If the EPU subrack needs to supply 220 V AC three-
phase power, you must remove the short-circuiting bar.
(1) AC INPUT (2) AC OUTPUT (3) PSU circuit (4) AC OUTPUT1 (5) AC OUTPUT2
breaker circuit breaker circuit breaker
(6) Storage (7) TMC circuit (8) BBU_0 circuit (9) BBU_1 circuit (10) RFC1 circuit
battery circuit breaker breaker breaker breaker
breaker
(11) RFC2 circuit (12) Extraction (13) Spare fuse (14) Storage (15) RFC2 power
breaker tool box battery power output port
output port
(16) RFC1 power (17) DC power (18) Fuses (19) AC surge -

output port output ports protector
Function
An EPU03A-02 or EPU03A-04 subrack distributes AC and DC power.
● An EPU03A-02 or EPU03A-04 subrack performs the following AC power
distribution functions:
– Provides two AC power outputs (one for the SOU and one for the
junction box on the inner left wall of a cabinet). The junction box
provides four AC power outputs for heaters or heating films.

– Reports AC input surge protection alarms.

● An EPU03A-02 or EPU03A-04 provides 12 DC power outputs for a separated
macro base station.
Port and Terminal

The following figure shows the power input and output terminals as well as power
output ports on an EPU03A-02 or EPU03A-04 subrack. Table 1-57 and Table 1-58
list the specifications of these terminals and ports on an EPU03A-02 or EPU03A-04
subrack.
Figure 1-75 Power input and output terminals as well as power output ports on
an EPU03A-02 or EPU03A-04 subrack
Table 1-57 AC power input and output terminals on an EPU03A-02 or EPU03A-04

subrack
AC Power Input or Wiring Terminal Connector

Output Terminal
AC INPUT L1, L2, L3, N OT terminal (M6)
AC OUTPUT L1, N1, L2, N2
Table 1-58 DC power output ports on an EPU03A-02 or EPU03A-04 subrack
DC Output DC Power Protector Protector Connector

Port/ Supply Unit Specification
Terminal s
TMC TMC Breaker 1x30 A Female fast

connector
BBU_0 and BBU Breaker 2x25 A (pressfit type)
BBU_1


Terminal s
LOAD0 and TMa Fuse 2x5 A

LOAD1
LOAD2 TMa Fuse 1x15 A
LOAD3 FAN or TECb Fuse 1x15 A
LOAD4 TM or EMUBc Fuse 1x15 A
LOAD5 FANd Fuse 1x15 A
N/Ae RFC1 and Breaker 2x125 A Power series 120

RFC2 connector (blue)
on a power
cable with a
cross-sectional
area of 25 mm2
(0.039 in.2)
BAT Breaker 1x160 A Power series 175

connector (gray)
on a power
cable with a
cross-sectional
area of 35 mm2
(0.054 in.2)
a: TM is customer transmission equipment. LOAD0, LOAD1, LOAD2, and LOAD4

are DC power output ports for transmission equipment, supporting four DC
power outputs.
b: If an IBBS200D is configured, LOAD3 is a DC power output port for an
IBBS200D fan power cable. If an IBBS200T is configured, LOAD3 is a DC power
output port for an IBBS200T TEC power cable.
C: If an EMUB is configured, LOAD4 is a DC power output port for the EMUB. If
no EMUB is configured, LOAD4 is a power output port for transmission
equipment.
d: LOAD5 is a DC power output port for the fan assembly in an APM30H.
e: RFC1, RFC2, and storage battery power output ports are the connectors from
an EPU subrack. On panels, there is no silkscreen for these ports.
Circuit Breaker
There are several circuit breakers on an EPU03A-02 or EPU03A-04 subrack to
control DC power outputs. Figure 1-76 shows the positions of these circuit
breakers, and Table 1-59 describes these circuit breakers.

Figure 1-76 Circuit breakers on EPU03A-02 and EPU03A-04 subracks
Table 1-59 Circuit breakers on EPU03A-02 and EPU03A-04 subracks

Circuit Breaker Silkscreen Requirements for a
Circuit Breaker
PSU circuit breakers on PSU1 to PSU3 3x20 A

an EPU03A-02
PSU circuit breaker on an PSU 1x63 A

EPU03A-04
AC power output circuit AC OUTPUT 1x15 A

breaker on an
EPU03A-02


Circuit Breaker
AC power output circuit AC OUTPUT1 and AC 2x15 A

breaker on an OUTPUT2
EPU03A-04
Storage battery circuit BAT 1x160 A

breaker
TMC circuit breaker TMC 1x30 A
BBU circuit breakers BBU_0 and BBU_1 2x25 A
RFC circuit breakers RFC1 and RFC2 2x125 A
The following table lists the technical specifications of an EPU03A-02 or
EPU03A-04 subrack.
Table 1-60 Technical specifications of an EPU03A-02 or EPU03A-04 subrack
Item Specifications
Output voltage -44 V DC to -58 V DC
Rated voltage -53.5 V DC
Output current 0 A to 150 A

An EPU03A-03 or EPU03A-05 subrack provides slots for a PMU 01B and PSUs
(PSU4850A) and distributes AC or DC power to components in the cabinet.
EPU03A-03 or EPU03A-05 subracks can be used in distributed base stations with
different AC power inputs.

The following table lists the types and applications of EPU03A-03 and EPU03A-05
subracks.
Table 1-61 Types and applications of EPU03A-03 and EPU03A-05 subracks
Distributed base It is a 5 U subrack, housing a maximum

station supplied of three PSUs (PSU4850A) and one PMU
EPU03A-03
with 220 V AC 01B. It distributes large- and small-
power capacity DC power.

Distributed base
station supplied
EPU03A-05
with 110 V AC
power
Exterior
subracks.
(1) AC INPUT (2) AC OUTPUT (3) PSU1 to PSU3 (4) AC OUTPUT circuit
circuit breakers breaker
(5) Storage battery (6) TMC circuit (7) BBU_0 circuit (8) BBU_1 circuit
circuit breaker breaker breaker breaker
(9) RRU0 to RRU5 (10) Extraction tool (11) Spare fuse box (12) Storage battery
circuit breakers power output terminal
(13) DC power output (14) Fuses (15) AC surge protector (16) Short-circuiting bar
ports
NOTE
L2, and L3 terminals in an EPU subrack with 220 V AC power, the EPU subrack supplies 220
V AC single-phase power. If the EPU subrack needs to supply 220 V AC three-phase power,
you must remove the short-circuiting bar.

(1) AC INPUT (2) AC OUTPUT (3) PSU circuit breaker (4) AC OUTPUT1 circuit
breaker
(5) AC OUTPUT2 circuit (6) Storage battery (7) TMC circuit breaker (8) BBU_0 circuit
breaker circuit breaker breaker
(9) BBU_1 circuit (10) RRU0 to RRU5 (11) Extraction tool (12) Spare fuse box
breaker circuit breakers
(13) Storage battery (14) DC power (15) Fuses (16) AC surge protector
power output port output ports
Function
● An EPU03A-03 or EPU03A-05 subrack provides 16 DC power outputs for a
Port
output ports on an EPU03A-03 or EPU03A-05 subrack. Table 1-62 and Table 1-63
describe these terminals and ports.

Figure 1-79 Power input and output terminals as well as power output ports on
an EPU03A-03 or EPU03A-05 subrack

subrack
Output Terminal
AC INPUT L1, L2, L3, N OT terminal (M6)

Terminal s
RRU 0 to RRU Breaker 6x25 A Female fast

RRU 5 connector
(pressfit type)
TMC TMC Breaker 1x30 A
BBU_0 and BBU Breaker 2x25 A

BBU_1
LOAD0 and TM Fusea 2x5 A

LOAD1
LOAD2 TM Fusea 4x15 A


Terminal s
LOAD3 TEC or FAN Fusea 4x15 A

(battery
cabinet)
LOAD4 EMUB Fusea 4x15 A
LOAD5 FAN Fusea 4x15 A
- BAT Breaker 1x160 A Power series

175 connector
(gray) on a
power cable
with a cross-
sectional area
of 35 mm2
(0.054 in.2)
a: The spare fuse box can provide 5 A and 15 A fuses, which can be replaced
onsite.
Circuit Breaker
control DC power outputs. The following figure shows the positions of these circuit
breakers, and Table 1-64 describes these circuit breakers.


Circuit Breaker
PSU circuit breakers on PSU1 to PSU3 3x20 A

an EPU03A-03
PSU circuit breaker on an PSU 1x63 A

EPU03A-05

breaker on an
EPU03A-03
AC power output circuit AC OUTPUT1 and AC 2x15 A

breakers on an OUTPUT2
EPU03A-05
Storage battery circuit BAT 1x160 A

breaker
TMC circuit breaker TMC 1x30 A
BBU circuit breakers BBU_0 and BBU_1 2x25 A


Circuit Breaker
RRU circuit breakers RRU 0 to RRU 5 6x25 A
EPU03A-05 subrack.

Item Specifications
1.4.12 EPU04A
An EPU04A converts AC power into DC power and distributes the power. The
EPU04A includes the EPU04A-01 and EPU04A-02, which are used in the
APM5950H-L.

An EPU04A-01/02 consists of the EPU04A subrack, PSU/SSU, PMIE, PMU 11C,
PDU01D-02, PDU03D-03, and PDU06D-01.
Components of an EPU04A-01/02
The following figure shows the components of an EPU04A-01/02.

Figure 1-81 Components of an EPU04A-01/02
No. Module Description
(1) 1.4.25.1 PSU (R4875G5)/1.4.30 SSU ● Two to four PSUs can be configured.
(S4875G1) They must be installed in adjacent
slots in the sequence from slot 1 to
slot 4.
● The SSU is optional. A maximum of
one SSU can be configured. Slot 4 is
recommended.
(2) 1.4.24.4 PMU 11C Power monitoring unit
(3) 1.4.24.9 PMIE Power monitoring interface unit
(4) PDU06D-01/1.4.23.8 ● It is optional and can be installed in

PDU03D-03/1.4.23.1 PDU01D-02 any of the slots 5 to 7. A maximum
of three PDU06D-01 modules can
be installed. It is recommended that
the modules be installed from right
to left.
● It is optional and can be installed in
any of the slots 5 to 7. A maximum
of three PDU03D-03 modules can
be installed. It is recommended that
the modules be installed from right
to left.
either of the slots 6 and 7. A
maximum of two PDU01D-02
modules can be installed. It is
recommended that the modules be
installed from right to left.
(5) 1.4.12.2 EPU04A-01/02 Subracks -
- Filler panel A filler panel must be installed in any of

vacant slots 1 to 7.

1.4.12.2 EPU04A-01/02 Subracks

An EPU04A-01/02 subrack houses the PSU/SSU, PMU 11C, PMIE, PDU01D-02,
PDU03D-03, and PDU06D-01, and distributes AC and DC power. An EPU04A-01/02
subrack can be used in distributed base stations with different AC power inputs.

The following table describes types and applications of an EPU04A-01/02 subrack.
Table 1-66 Types and applications of an EPU04A-01/02 subrack

Model Application Description
EPU04A-01 Distributed base station The subrack is 5U high and can

supplied with 220 V AC house a maximum of four PSUs or
power SSUs. It provides three slots where
the PDU06D-01/PDU03D-03/
EPU04A-02 Distributed base station PDU01D-02 can be installed.
supplied with 110 V AC
power
Exterior
Figure 1-82 shows the exterior of an EPU04A-01 subrack and Figure 1-83 shows
the exterior of an EPU04A-02 subrack.

(1) PMU 11C (2) PMIE (3) LOAD0 to LOAD7 (4) Button switch for
power supply ports the battery circuit
(5) Indicator for the (6) BAT power supply (7) LOAD8 to LOAD13 (8) AC OUTPUT circuit
battery circuit status port for batteries power supply ports breaker
(9) Circuit breakers for (10) AC surge (11) AC INPUT (12) AC OUTPUT
PSUs 1, 2, 3, and 4 protector
(13) Spare fuse box (14) Short-circuiting

bar

power supply ports the battery circuit
(5) Indicator for the (6) BAT power supply (7) LOAD8 to LOAD13 (8) AC OUTPUT circuit
battery circuit status port for batteries power supply ports breaker
(9) Circuit breakers for (10) AC input surge (11) AC INPUT (12) AC OUTPUT
PSUs 1, 2, 3, and 4 protector
(13) Spare fuse box
NOTE
● For a 220 V EPU subrack, when a short-circuiting bar is installed on the "AC INPUT"
wiring terminal to connect the "L1", "L2", and "L3" terminals, the EPU subrack supplies
220 V AC single-phase power. If the EPU subrack needs to supply 220 V AC three-phase
power, you must remove the short-circuiting bar.
● The button switch for battery circuit controls the power supply of the batteries. If the
indicator for battery circuit status is off, the battery circuit is interrupted. If the indicator
is on, the battery circuit is normal.
● Before maintaining batteries, turn off the switch for the battery circuit.
Function
An EPU04A-01/02 subrack distributes AC and DC power.
● An EPU04A-01/02 subrack performs the following AC power distribution
functions:
– Provides two AC power outputs. Two outputs are connected to the
junction box on the left of the cabinet. The junction box distributes four
AC power outputs to the SOU and heater.
– Provides a circuit breaker for each of four PSUs.

● The EPU04A-01/02 subrack provides 14 DC outputs by default. Among them,

6 outputs are used for supplying power to the RRUs. If more than 6 RRUs are
configured, power distribution modules are optionally configured to meet DC
power distribution requirements of distributed base stations.
NOTE
If the operating temperature in a cabinet is below -30°C (-22°F), it takes 15 minutes to heat
and start the power supply equipment. During this period, the cabinet cannot work in full
load.
Port
The following figure shows the AC and DC power input and output ports on an
EPU04A-01/02 subrack. Table 1-67 and Table 1-68 describe these ports.
Figure 1-84 AC and DC power input and output ports on an EPU04A-01/02

subrack
Table 1-67 AC and DC input and output terminals on an EPU04A-01/02 subrack

AC Power Input or Wiring Terminal Connector Type
Output Terminal
AC INPUT (EPU04A-01) L1, L2, L3, and N OT terminal (M6)
AC INPUT (EPU04A-02) L1, L2, N, and PE OT terminal (M6)
AC OUTPUT L and N OT terminal (M6)

Table 1-68 DC output ports on an EPU04A-01/02 subrack

Terminal Supply Unit Type Specification Type
s
LOAD0 to BBU5900 Fusec 8x30Ae EPC11

LOAD3
LOAD4 to TMa_0/TMC/
LOAD7 IBBS/BBC
LOAD8 to RRU Fuse 6x30 Ae EPC11

LOAD13b
BATd BAT - - -
a: TM is the customer transmission equipment. LOAD6, LOAD7, LOAD9, and

LOAD10 are DC power output ports for transmission equipment, supporting four
DC power outputs.
b: LOAD8 to LOAD13 ports configured with EPC11 connectors are used for
powering the RRUs. Shielded power cables are required for RRU power cables.
c: A spare fuse box contains five 5 A fuses and three 30 A fuses for onsite
replacement.
d: No protector is configured in the EPU subrack to protect the power output
terminal. The protector is located in the battery cabinet.
e: Each power output is less than or equal to 25 A.
Circuit Breaker
There are several circuit breakers on an EPU04A-01/02 subrack to control power
outputs. The following figure shows the positions of these circuit breakers, and the
following table describes these circuit breakers.
Figure 1-85 Circuit breakers on an EPU04A-01/02 subrack

Table 1-69 Circuit breakers on an EPU04A-01/02 subrack

Circuit breaker Silkscreen Requirements for the
Circuit Breaker
PSU circuit breakers PSU1 4x32 A/1 P (MCB)

PSU2
PSU3
PSU4
AC power output circuit AC OUTPUT 1x16 A/2 P (MCB)

breaker on an
EPU04A-01
AC power output circuit AC OUTPUT 1x25 A/2 P (MCB)

breaker on an
EPU04A-02
1.4.13 EPU05A
An EPU05A converts AC power into DC power and distributes the power. EPU05A
types include the EPU05A-11, EPU05A-12, EPU05A-02, EPU05A-03, EPU05A-04,
EPU05A-05, EPU05A-06, EPU05A-07, EPU05A-08, and EPU05A-09. The EPU05A-02,
EPU05A-04, EPU05A-06, and EPU05A-08 can be used in macro base stations, and
the EPU05A-03, EPU05A-05, EPU05A-07, EPU05A-09, EPU05A-11, and EPU05A-12
can be used in distributed base stations. An EPU05A-02, EPU05A-03, EPU05A-04,
or EPU05A-05 can be used in an IMS06 subrack or in any of the following
cabinets: BTS3900 (Ver.D), BTS3900L (Ver.D), APM30H (Ver.D), APM30H
(Ver.D_A1), APM30H (Ver.D_A2), APM30H (Ver.D_B), BTS3012 (Ver.D_Z), and
BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z). An EPU05A-06, EPU05A-07, EPU05A-08, or EPU05A-09 can
be installed in an APM30H (Ver.E). An EPU05A-11 or EPU05A-12 can be used in an
APM5930(AC) or APM30H (Ver.F_B~E).

An EPU05A-02, EPU05A-03, EPU05A-04, or EPU05A-05 consists of an EPU05A
subrack, PSU (R4850G2) modules, and a PMU 11A. An EPU05A-06, EPU05A-07,
EPU05A-08, or EPU05A-09 consists of an EPU05A subrack, PSU (R4850G2)
modules, PDU03D-02 modules, and PDU01D-01 modules. An EPU05A-11 or
EPU05A-12 consists of an EPU05A subrack, PSU (R4875G1) modules, PDU01D-02
modules, and PDU06D-01 modules.


No. Component Remarks
(1) PMU 11A It is always installed in slot 0.
(2) PSU (R4850G2) The number of components ranges

from 2 to 5. The components must be
installed in adjacent slots in the
sequence from slot 1 to slot 5.
(3) Filler panel A filler panel must be installed in any of

the slots where no PSU is configured.
(4) EPU05A-02 and EPU05A-04 subracks -


(1) PMU 11A It is always installed in slot 0.

(3) Filler panel A filler panel must be installed in any of

the slots where no PSU is configured.



(2) PDU01D-01 It is optional and preferentially installed

in slot 6.
When the cabinet is configured with an

EPU02D/EPU02D-02/DCDU16D, the
PDU01D-01 supplying power for the
EPU02D/EPU02D-02/DCDU16D is
configured in slot 8 or 9.
(3) PDU03D-02 It is optional and can be installed in slot

7, 8, or 9.
- 1.4.2.2 BDU70-03/1.4.29.2 SDU60-02 It is optional and can be installed in slot

7, 8, or 9.




(2) PDU01D-01 It is optional and preferentially installed

in slot 6.
When the cabinet is configured with an

EPU02D/EPU02D-02/DCDU16D, the
PDU01D-01 supplying power for the
EPU02D/EPU02D-02/DCDU16D is
configured in slot 8 or 9.
(3) PDU03D-02 It is optional and can be installed in slot

7, 8, or 9.
- 1.4.2.2 BDU70-03/1.4.29.2 SDU60-02 It is optional and can be installed in slot

7, 8, or 9.



(1) PSU (R4875G1)/1.4.25.1 PSU The number of components ranges

(R4875G5) from 2 to 5. The components must be
(2) PMID This component is a power monitoring

interface unit.
(3) PDU01D-02 It is optional and can be installed in any

of the slots 6 to 10. It is recommended
that a maximum of two modules be
(4) PDU06D-01/1.4.23.8 PDU03D-03 ● It is optional and can be installed in

any of the slots 6 to 10. It is
recommended that a maximum of
three PDU06D-01 modules be
two PDU03D-03 modules be
- 1.4.2.2 BDU70-03/1.4.29.2 SDU60-02 ● It is optional and can be installed in

two BDU70-03 modules be installed
from right to left.
three SDU60-02 modules be



An EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 subrack houses a PMU 11A and PSUs (R4850G2),
and distributes AC power and DC power to other components. EPU05A-02 or
EPU05A-04 subracks can be used in macro base stations with different AC power
inputs.

The following table lists the applications of EPU05A-02 and EPU05A-04 subracks.
Table 1-70 Applications of EPU05A-02 and EPU05A-04 subracks

Macro base station It is a 5 U subrack and houses a

EPU05A-02 with a 220 V AC maximum of five PSUs (R4850G2) and
power input one PMU 11A. It distributes large- and
small-capacity DC power.
Macro base station
EPU05A-04 with a 110 V AC
power input
Exterior
subracks.

(1) AC surge protector (2) PSU1/4 circuit (3) AC OUTPUT circuit (4) BAT circuit breaker
breaker, PSU2/5 circuit breaker
breaker, and PSU3
circuit breaker
(5) RFC1 circuit (6) RFC2 circuit (7) Storage battery (8) RFC1 power output
breaker breaker power output terminal terminal
(9) RFC2 power output (10) LOAD0 to LOAD8 (11) Spare fuse box (12) Short-circuiting
terminal power output ports bar
(13) AC INPUT (14) AC OUTPUT - -
NOTE

(1) AC surge protector (2) PSU circuit breaker (3) AC OUTPUT1 or AC (4) BAT circuit breaker
OUTPUT2 circuit
breaker
(5) RFC1 circuit (6) RFC2 circuit (7) Storage battery (8) RFC1 power output
breaker breaker power output terminal terminal
(9) RFC2 power output (10) LOAD0 to LOAD8 (11) Spare fuse box (12) AC INPUT
terminal power output ports
(13) AC OUTPUT - - -
Function

separated macro base station.
Port
output terminals and ports on an EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 subrack. Table 1-71
and Table 1-72 describe these terminals and ports.

Figure 1-93 Power input and output terminals as well as power output terminals
and ports on an EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 subrack

subrack

Output Terminal
AC INPUT on an L1, L2, L3, N OT terminal (M6)

EPU05A-02
AC INPUT on an L1, L2, N, PE

EPU05A-04
AC OUTPUT L1, N1, L2, N2 OT terminal (M4)
Table 1-72 DC power output ports/terminals on an EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04

subrack
DC Output DC Power Protector Protect Connector

Port/Terminal Supply Unit or
Specific
ations
LOAD0 and BBU Fusec 9x30 A EPC4

LOAD1
LOAD2 FAN
LOAD3 TM_0a
LOAD4 TM_1

DC Output DC Power Protector Protect Connector

Port/Terminal Supply Unit or
Specific
ations
LOAD5 TM_2 or EMUB
LOAD6 TM_3 or BBU
LOAD7 TMC
LOAD8 IBBSb
RFC1 RFC1 Breaker 2x125 A OT terminal

(M6)
RFC2 RFC2 Breaker
BAT BAT Breaker 1x250 A OT terminal

(M8)

power outputs.
replacement.
Circuit Breaker
control power outputs. The following figure shows the positions of these circuit
breakers, and the following table describes these circuit breakers.


Circuit Breaker
PSU circuit breakers on PSU1 or PSU4 1x40 A/1 P

an EPU05A-02
PSU2 or PSU5 1x40 A/1 P
PSU3 1x25 A/1 P
PSU circuit breakers on PSU 1x100 A/2 P

an EPU05A-04
AC power output circuit AC OUTPUT 1x16 A/2 P

breaker on an
EPU05A-02
AC power output circuit AC OUTPUT1 and AC 2x16 A/1 P

breaker on an OUTPUT2
EPU05A-04
Storage battery circuit BAT 1x125 A/2 P

breaker


Circuit Breaker
RFC circuit breakers RFC1 and RFC2 2x125 A/1 P
EPU05A-04 subrack.
Item Specifications

An EPU05A-03 or EPU05A-05 subrack houses a PMU 11A and PSUs (R4850G2). It
also distributes AC and DC power. EPU05A-03 or EPU05A-05 subracks can be used
in distributed base stations with different AC power inputs.

Distributed base It is a 5 U subrack and houses a maximum

station supplied of five PSUs (R4850G2) and one PMU
EPU05A-03
with 220 V AC 11A. It distributes large- and small-
power capacity DC power.
Distributed base
station supplied
EPU05A-05
with 110 V AC
power
Exterior
subracks.

(1) AC surge protector (2) PSU1/4 circuit (3) AC OUTPUT circuit (4) BAT circuit breaker
breaker, PSU2/5 circuit breaker
breaker, and PSU3
circuit breaker
(5) RFC1 circuit (6) Storage battery (7) RFC1 power output (8) LOAD0 to LOAD8
breaker power output terminal terminal power output ports
(9) RRU0 to RRU5 (10) Spare fuse box (11) Short-circuiting (12) AC INPUT
power output ports bar
(13) AC OUTPUT - - -
NOTE

(1) AC surge protector (2) PSU circuit breaker (3) AC OUTPUT1 or AC (4) BAT circuit breaker
OUTPUT2 circuit
breaker
(5) RFC1 circuit (6) Storage battery (7) RFC1 power output (8) LOAD0 to LOAD8
breaker power output terminal terminal power output ports
(9) RRU0 to RRU5 (10) Spare fuse box (11) AC INPUT (12) AC OUTPUT
power output ports
Function
Port and Terminal

output terminals and ports on an EPU05A-03 or EPU05A-05 subrack. Table 1-76
and Table 1-77 describe these terminals and ports.

Figure 1-97 Power input and output terminals as well as power output terminals
and ports on an EPU05A-03 or EPU05A-05 subrack

subrack

Output Terminal

EPU05A-03

EPU05A-05
Table 1-77 DC power output ports/terminals on an EPU05A-03 or EPU05A-05

subrack

Terminal s

LOAD1
LOAD2 FAN


Terminal s
LOAD3 TM_0a
LOAD4 TM_1
LOAD5 TM_2 or EMUB
LOAD6 TM_3 or BBU
LOAD7 TMC
LOAD8 IBBSb
RRU 0 to RRU Fuse 6x30 A EPC5 or EPC11

RRU 5
RFC1 RFC Breaker 1x125 A OT terminal

(M6)
BAT BAT Breaker 1x250 A OT terminal

(M8)

power outputs.
replacement.
Circuit Breaker


Circuit Breaker
PSU circuit breakers on PSU1 or PSU4 1x40 A/1 P

an EPU05A-03
PSU2 or PSU5 1x40 A/1 P
PSU3 1x25 A/1 P
PSU circuit breakers on PSU 1x100 A/2 P

an EPU05A-05
AC power output circuit AC OUTPUT 1x16 A/2 P

breaker on an
EPU05A-03
AC power output circuit AC OUTPUT1 and AC 2x16 A/1 P

breakers on an OUTPUT2
EPU05A-05


Circuit Breaker
Storage battery circuit BAT 1x125 A/2 P

breaker
RFC circuit breaker RFC1 1x125 A/1 P
EPU05A-05 subrack.
Item Specifications

An EPU05A-06 or EPU05A-08 subrack houses PSUs (R4850G2), PDU03D-02s, and
a PDU01D-01. It also distributes AC and DC power. EPU05A-06 or EPU05A-08
subracks can be used in separated macro base stations with different AC power
inputs.

EPU05A-06 Separated macro base It is 5 U high and can

station with external 220 house five PSUs
V AC input (R4850G2, 3000 W) as
well as three
EPU05A-08 Separated macro base PDU03D-02s and one
station with external 110 PDU01D-01 configured
V AC input in four power supply
slots. It distributes large-
and small-capacity DC
power.

Exterior
subracks.
(1) AC surge protector (2) Circuit breakers for (3) AC OUTPUT circuit (4) RFC1 power output
PSUs 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 breaker port and circuit breaker
(5) RFC2 power output (6) Storage battery (7) Indicator for the (8) Button switch for
port and circuit breaker power output terminal storage battery circuit the storage battery
BAT status circuit
(9) LOAD0 to LOAD8 (10) PMIU (11) Spare fuse box (12) AC OUTPUT
power output ports
(13) AC INPUT (14) Short-circuiting - -

bar

(1) AC surge protector (2) Circuit breakers for (3) AC OUTPUT circuit (4) RFC1 power output
PSUs 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 breaker port and circuit breaker
(5) RFC2 power output (6) Storage battery (7) Indicator for the (8) Button switch for
port and circuit breaker power output terminal storage battery circuit the storage battery
BAT status circuit
(9) LOAD0 to LOAD8 (10) PMIU (11) Spare fuse box (12) AC OUTPUT
power output ports
(13) AC INPUT - - -
NOTE
220 V AC single-phase power. If the EPU subrack is required to supply 220 V AC three-
● Circuit breakers in an EPU supplying 220 V power are gray. Circuit breakers in an EPU
supplying 110 V power are blue.
● Before maintaining batteries, turn off the switch for battery circuit.
Function


– Provides a circuit breaker for each of five PSUs.
● An EPU05A-06 or EPU05A-08 subrack provides 12 DC power outputs by
default and can be configured with a PDU01D-01 and PDU03D-02s to provide
a maximum of 22 power outputs to meet DC power distribution requirements
in a separated macro base station.
Port
The following figure shows the AC power input and output terminals as well as
DC power output terminals and ports on an EPU05A-06 or EPU05A-08 subrack.
Table 1-81 and Table 1-82 describe the specifications of these terminals and
ports.
Figure 1-101 AC power input and output terminals as well as DC power output
terminals and ports on an EPU05A-06 or EPU05A-08 subrack

subrack

Output Terminal

EPU05A-06

EPU05A-08

Table 1-82 DC power output terminals and ports on an EPU05A-06 or EPU05A-08

subrack
Terminal s

LOAD1
LOAD2 FAN
LOAD3 TM_0a
LOAD4 TM_1
LOAD5 TM_2 or
EMUB
LOAD6 TM_3 or BBU
LOAD7 TMC11H
LOAD8 IBBSb
RFC1 RFC1 Breaker 2x100 A OT terminal

(M6)
RFC2 RFC2
BATd BAT - - -
a: TM is customer transmission equipment. "LOAD3", "LOAD4", "LOAD5", and

"LOAD6" are DC power output terminals for transmission equipment,
supporting four DC power outputs.
b: If an IBBS200D is configured, "LOAD8" is a DC power output terminal for the
IBBS200D fan power cable. If an IBBS200T is configured, "LOAD8" is a DC power
output terminal for the IBBS200T TEC power cable.
replacement.
d: This port in an EPU subrack does not have a protective component. The
circuit breaker BAT in a battery cabinet requires 250 A current.
Circuit Breaker


Circuit Breaker
PSU circuit breakers PSU1, PSU2, PSU3, PSU4, 5x32 A

and PSU5

breaker on an
EPU05A-06

breaker on an
EPU05A-08
RFC circuit breakers RFC1 and RFC2 2x100 A

An EPU05A-07 or EPU05A-09 subrack houses PSUs (R4850G2), PDU03D-02s, and
a PDU01D-01. It also distributes AC and DC power. EPU05A-07 or EPU05A-09
subracks can be used in distributed base stations with different AC power inputs.

EPU05A-07 Distributed base station It is 5 U high and can

supplied with 220 V AC house five PSUs
power (R4850G2, 3000 W) as
well as three
PDU03D-02s and one
PDU01D-01 configured
in four power supply

EPU05A-09 Distributed base station slots. It distributes large-

supplied with 110 V AC and small-capacity DC
power power.
Exterior
subracks.
(1) AC surge protector (2) Circuit breakers for (3) AC OUTPUT circuit (4) LOAD9 to LOAD14
PSUs 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 breaker power output ports
(5) Storage battery (6) Indicator for the (7) Button switch for (8) LOAD0 to LOAD8
power output terminal storage battery circuit the storage battery power output ports
status circuit
(9) PMIU (10) Spare fuse box (11) AC OUTPUT (12) AC INPUT
(13) Short-circuiting - - -
bar

(1) AC surge protector (2) Circuit breakers for (3) AC OUTPUT circuit (4) LOAD9 to LOAD14
PSUs 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 breaker power output ports
(5) Storage battery (6) Indicator for the (7) Button switch for (8) LOAD0 to LOAD8
power output terminal storage battery circuit the storage battery power output ports
status circuit
(9) PMIU (10) Spare fuse box (11) AC OUTPUT (12) AC INPUT
NOTE
Function


● An EPU05A-07 or EPU05A-09 subrack provides 16 DC power outputs by
default and can be configured with a PDU01D-01 and PDU03D-02s to provide
a maximum of 26 DC power outputs to meet DC power distribution
requirements in a distributed base station.
Port
The following figure shows the AC power input and output terminals as well as
DC power output ports on an EPU05A-07 or EPU05A-09 subrack. Table 1-85 and
Table 1-86 describe the specifications of these terminals and ports.
ports on an EPU05A-07 or EPU05A-09 subrack

subrack
Output Terminal

EPU05A-07

EPU05A-09


Terminal s

LOAD1
LOAD2 FAN
LOAD3 TM_0a
LOAD4 TM_1
LOAD5 TM_2 or
EMUB
LOAD6 TM_3 or BBU
LOAD7 TMC11H
LOAD8 IBBSb
LOAD9 to RRU Fuse 6x30 A EPC5 or

LOAD14d EPC11
BATe BAT - - -
a: TM is customer transmission equipment. "LOAD3", "LOAD4", "LOAD5", and

"LOAD6" are DC power output terminals for transmission equipment,
supporting four DC power outputs.
b: If an IBBS200D is configured, "LOAD8" is a DC power output terminal for the
IBBS200D fan power cable. If an IBBS200T is configured, "LOAD8" is a DC power
output terminal for the IBBS200T TEC power cable.
replacement.
d: LOAD9 to LOAD14 ports configured with EPC5/EPC11 connectors supply
power to RRUs.
e: This port in an EPU subrack does not have a protective component. The circuit
breaker BAT in a battery cabinet requires 250 A current.
Circuit Breaker


Circuit Breaker

and PSU5

breaker on an
EPU05A-07

breaker on an
EPU05A-09

An EPU05A-11/EPU05A-12 subrack houses PSUs (R4875G1) and PDU06D-01/
PDU01D-02/PDU03D-03/BDU/SDU modules. It also distributes AC and DC power.
An EPU05A-11/EPU05A-12 subrack can be used in distributed base stations with
different AC power inputs.

The following table describes the types and applications of EPU05A-11/EPU05A-12
subracks.
Table 1-88 Types and applications of EPU05A-11/EPU05A-12 subracks
EPU05A-11 Distributed base station The subrack is 5 U high and can

or separated macro base house five PSU (R4875G1) modules
station supplied with 220 with 4000 W power per PSU and
V AC power five slots for installing power
modules. The PDU06D-01/
PDU03D-03/PDU01D-02/BDU/SDU

EPU05A-12 Distributed base station modules can be installed in the five

or separated macro base slots.
station supplied with 110
V AC power
Exterior
Figure 1-107 shows the exterior of an EPU05A-11 subrack. Figure 1-108 shows
the exterior of an EPU05A-12 subrack.
(1) PMID (2) LOAD0 to LOAD17 (3) Button switch for (4) Indicator for the
power output ports the storage battery storage battery circuit
circuit status
(5) Storage battery (6) AC OUTPUT circuit (7) Circuit breakers for (8) AC surge protector
power output terminal breaker PSUs 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5
BAT
(9) Short-circuiting bar (10) AC INPUT (11) AC OUTPUT (12) Spare fuse box

(1) PMID (2) LOAD0 to LOAD17 (3) Button switch for (4) Indicator for the
power output ports the storage battery storage battery circuit
circuit status
(5) Storage battery (6) AC OUTPUT circuit (7) Circuit breakers for (8) AC surge protector
power output terminal breaker PSUs 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5
BAT
(9) AC INPUT (10) AC OUTPUT (11) Spare fuse box -
NOTE
Function
An EPU05A-11/EPU05A-12 subrack distributes AC and DC power.
● An EPU05A-11/EPU05A-12 subrack performs the following AC power

● The EPU05A-11/EPU05A-12 subrack provides 18 DC outputs by default.

Among the 18 DC outputs, 6 of them are used for supplying power to the
RRUs. If more than 6 RRUs are configured, power modules are optionally
configured to meet DC power distribution requirements of distributed base
stations.
NOTE
load.
Port and Terminal

The following figure shows AC power input and output terminals as well as DC
power output ports/terminals on an EPU05A-11/EPU05A-12 subrack. Table 1-89
and Table 1-90 describe the detailed specifications.
ports/terminals on an EPU05A-11/EPU05A-12 subrack

Table 1-89 AC power input and output terminals as well as DC power output
ports/terminals on an EPU05A-11/EPU05A-12 subrack
Output Terminal

EPU05A-11 subrack
AC INPUT on an L1, L2, N, PE OT terminal (M6)

EPU05A-12 subrack
AC OUTPUT L1, N1, L2, N2 OT terminal (M6)
Table 1-90 DC power output ports/terminals on an EPU05A-11/EPU05A-12

subrack
Terminal s
LOAD0 to BBU5900 Fusec 12x30 Af SPC1

LOAD5
LOAD6 TMa_0/TMC
LOAD7 TM_1/TMC
LOAD8 FAN
LOAD9 TM_2/EMUB
LOAD10 TM_3
LOAD11 BBCb
LOAD12 to RRU Fuse 6x30 Af SPC1

LOAD17d
BATe BAT - - -


Terminal s

DC power outputs.
b: If a BBC5200D is configured, LOAD11 is a DC power output port for the
BBC5200D fan power cable. If a BBC5200T is configured, LOAD11 is a DC power
output port for the BBC5200T TEC power cable.
replacement.
d: LOAD12 to LOAD17 ports configured with SPC1 connectors are used for
e: No protector is configured in the EPU subrack to protect the power output
f: The output current of one circuit cannot exceed 25 A.
Circuit Breaker
There are several circuit breakers on an EPU05A-11/EPU05A-12 subrack to control
power outputs. The following figure shows the positions of these circuit breakers,
and the following table describes these circuit breakers.
Figure 1-110 Circuit breakers on an EPU05A-11/EPU05A-12 subrack

Table 1-91 Circuit breakers on an EPU05A-11/EPU05A-12 subrack

Circuit Breaker

and PSU5

breaker on an
EPU05A-11

breaker on an
EPU05A-12
1.4.14 EPU07A
An EPU07A converts AC power into DC power and distributes the power. The
EPU07A includes the EPU07A-01 and EPU07A-02 and can be used in the
APM5950H.

An EPU07A-01/02 consist of the EPU07A subrack, PSU/SSU, ADU01/02, ADU03,
PMIE, PMU 11C, PDU03D-03, and PDU06D-01.
The following figure shows the components of an EPU07A-01.

Figure 1-111 Components of an EPU07A-01
No. Component Description
(1) PSU (R4875G1)/1.4.25.1 PSU ● A minimum of two PSUs and a

(R4875G5)/1.4.30 SSU (S4875G1) maximum of seven PSUs can be
configured. They must be installed
in adjacent slots in the sequence
from slot 1 to slot 7.
● Optional. A maximum of two SSUs
can be configured. They must be
(2) 1.4.24.4 PMU 11C This component is a power monitoring
unit.
(3) 1.4.24.9 PMIE This component is a power monitoring

interface unit.
(4) PDU06D-01/1.4.23.1 PDU01D-02 ● Optional. It is recommended that a

maximum of five PDU06D-01s be
installed in slots 8 to 12 from right
to left.
● Optional. It is recommended that a
maximum of two PDU01D-02s be
to left.
(5) 1.4.23.8 PDU03D-03/1.4.23.1 ● Optional. It is recommended that a
PDU01D-02 maximum of three PDU03D-03s be
to left.
to left.

(6) ADU01 This component is an AC input module.

The ADU01 provides 220 V AC three-
phase or single-phase power for the
subrack.
(7) 1.4.1.2 ADU03 This component is an AC output

module, which provides AC power input
for the SOU and junction box.
(8) EPU07A-01 subrack -

The following figure shows the components of an EPU07A-02.
Figure 1-112 Components of an EPU07A-02
(1) PSU (R4875G1)/1.4.25.1 PSU ● A minimum of two PSUs and a

(R4875G5)/1.4.30 SSU (S4875G1) maximum of seven PSUs can be
configured. They must be installed
in adjacent slots in the sequence
from slot 1 to slot 7.
● Optional. A maximum of two SSUs
can be configured. They must be
(2) 1.4.24.4 PMU 11C This component is a power monitoring
unit.
(3) 1.4.24.9 PMIE This component is a power monitoring

interface unit.

(4) PDU06D-01/1.4.23.1 PDU01D-02 ● Optional. It is recommended that a

maximum of five PDU06D-01s be
to left.
to left.
(5) 1.4.23.8 PDU03D-03/1.4.23.1 ● Optional. It is recommended that a
PDU01D-02 maximum of three PDU03D-03s be
to left.
to left.
(6) ADU02 This component is an AC input module.
The ADU02 provides 110 V AC dual-
live-wire power for the subrack.
(7) 1.4.1.2 ADU03 This component is an AC output

module, which provides AC power input
for the maintenance socket and
junction box.
(8) EPU07A-02 subrack -

1.4.14.2 EPU07A-01/02 Subracks

An EPU07A-01/02 subrack houses the PSU (R4875G1)/PSU (R4875G5)/SSU
(S4875G1), ADU01/02, ADU03, PMU 11C, PMIE, PDU06D-01, PDU03D-03, and
PDU01D-02, and distributes AC and DC power. An EPU07A-01/02 subrack can be
used in distributed base stations with different AC power inputs.

The following table describes types and applications of an EPU07A-01/02 subrack.
Table 1-92 Types and applications of an EPU07A-01/02 subrack
Type Application Description
EPU07A-01 Distributed base station The subrack is 5U high and can

supplied with 220 V AC house a maximum of seven PSUs or
power SSUs. It provides five slots where the
PDU06D-01/PDU03D-03/
EPU07A-02 Distributed base station PDU01D-02 can be installed.
supplied with 110 V AC
power

Exterior
Figure 1-113 shows the exterior of an EPU07A-01 subrack and Figure 1-114
shows the exterior of an EPU07A-02 subrack.
power output ports the battery circuit
(5) Indicator for the (6) Battery power (7) LOAD12 to (8) AC INPUT circuit
battery circuit status output port BAT LOAD17 power output breaker
ports
(9) Short-circuiting bar (10) ADU01 (11) ADU03 (12) Spare fuse box

power output ports the battery circuit
(5) Indicator for the (6) Battery power (7) LOAD12 to (8) AC INPUT circuit
battery circuit status output port BAT LOAD17 power output breaker
ports
(9) ADU02 (10) ADU03 (11) Spare fuse box -
NOTE
220 V AC single-phase power. If the EPU subrack needs to supply 220 V AC three-phase
power, you must remove the short-circuiting bar.
indicator for battery circuit status is steady off, the battery circuit is interrupted. If the
indicator is steady on, the battery circuit is normal.
Function
An EPU07A-01/02 subrack distributes AC and DC power.
● An EPU07A-01/02 subrack performs the following AC power distribution
functions:
– Provides two AC power outputs. Two outputs are connected to the
junction box on the left of the cabinet. The junction box distributes four
AC power outputs to the service outlet unit (SOU) and heater.
– Provides a circuit breaker for each PSU.
● The EPU07A-01/02 subrack provides 18 DC outputs by default. Among the 18
DC outputs, 6 of them are used for supplying power to the RRUs. If more than

6 RRUs are configured, power modules are optionally configured to meet DC

power distribution requirements of distributed base stations.
NOTE
load.
Port
The following figure shows the AC and DC power input and output ports on an
EPU07A-01/02 subrack. Table 1-93 and Table 1-94 describe these ports.
Figure 1-115 AC and DC power input and output ports on an EPU07A-01/02

subrack
Table 1-93 AC and DC power input and output terminals on an EPU07A-01/02

subrack
AC Power Input or Wiring Terminal Connector Type
Output Terminal
AC INPUT (EPU07A-01) L1, L2, L3, N OT terminal (M6)
AC INPUT (EPU07A-02) L1, L2, N, PE OT terminal (M6)
AC OUTPUT L and N OT terminal (M6)

Table 1-94 DC power output ports on an EPU07A-01/02 subrack

Terminal Supply Unit Specification Type
s
LOAD0 to BBU5900 Fusec 12x30 Af SPC1

LOAD5
LOAD6 TMa_0/TMC
LOAD7 TM_1/TMC
LOAD8 FAN
LOAD9 TM_2/EMUB
LOAD10 TM_3
LOAD11 BBCb
LOAD12 to RRU Fuse 6x30 Af SPC1

LOAD17d
BATe BAT - - -

DC power outputs.
b: If a BBC5600D/BBC5600D-V is configured, LOAD11 is a DC power output port
for the BBC5600D/BBC5600D-V fan power cable.
replacement.
d: LOAD12 to LOAD17 ports configured with SPC1 connectors are used for
e: No protector is configured in the EPU subrack to protect the power output
f: The output current of one circuit cannot exceed 25 A.
Circuit Breaker
There is one general circuit breaker on an EPU07A-01/02 subrack to control power
outputs of all PSUs. The following figure shows the positions of circuit breakers,
and the following table describes the specifications of circuit breakers.

Figure 1-116 Circuit breakers on EPU07A-01/02 subracks
Table 1-95 Circuit breakers on EPU07A-01/02 subracks

Circuit Breaker
PSU circuit breaker - ● 220 V AC three-phase:

1x80 A/3 P (MCB)
● 220 V AC single-phase:
1x125 A/1 P (MCB)
● 110 V AC dual-live
wire: 1x125 A/2 P
(MCB)
● 120 V AC dual-live
wire: 1x125 A/2 P
(MCB)
AC power output circuit AC OUTPUT 2x16 A (MCB)

breaker on an
EPU07A-01
AC power output circuit AC OUTPUT 2x16 A (MCB)

breaker on an
EPU07A-02
1.4.15 ETP48150-A3
An ETP48150-A3 can be used in a BTS3900 (Ver.C) cabinet to convert AC power
into DC power and distribute the DC power.

1.4.15.1 Components of an ETP48150-A3

An ETP48150-A3 consists of an ETP48150-A3 subrack, a PMU 01B, and PSUs
(PSU4850A).
The following figure shows the components of an ETP48150-A3.
Figure 1-117 Components of an ETP48150-A3
(1) 1.4.24.6 PMU 01B (2) 1.4.25.4 PSU (PSU4850A) (3) 1.4.15.2 ETP48150-A3
Subrack
1.4.15.2 ETP48150-A3 Subrack

An ETP48150-A3 subrack houses a PMU 01B and PSUs (PSU4850A) and distributes
DC power to other components.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an ETP48150-A3 subrack.
Figure 1-118 Exterior of an ETP48150-A3 subrack
Port
The following figure shows the components on an ETP48150-A3 subrack.

Figure 1-119 Components on an ETP48150-A3 subrack
The following table describes the components on an ETP48150-A3 subrack.
Table 1-96 Components on an ETP48150-A3 subrack

Terminal Connector Remarks
(1) Power input OT terminals Connect to AC input

terminals power cables.
(2) Circuit breakers - Control power outputs.
(3) Power output OT terminals The positive pole is

terminals connected to the RTN(+)
terminal on a
DCDU-11A.
The negative pole is
connected to the NEG(-)
terminal on a
DCDU-11A.
1.4.16 ETP48400
An ETP48400 can be used in a BTS3900AL (Ver.A) cabinet to convert AC power
into DC power and distribute the DC power.
1.4.16.1 Components of an ETP48400

An ETP48400 consists of an ETP48400 subrack, a PMU 11A, and PSUs (R4850G2).
The following figure shows the components of an ETP48400.

Figure 1-120 Components of an ETP48400
(1) 1.4.24.5 PMU 11A or PMU (2) 1.4.25.3 PSU (R4850G2) (3) 1.4.16.2 ETP48400 Subrack
11B
The following table lists the components of an ETP48400.
Table 1-97 Components of an ETP48400

Component Remarks
ETP48400 subrack Figure 1-120 shows how slots are

numbered in an ETP48400 subrack.
PMU 11A It is installed in slot 0.
PSU (R4850G2) A minimum of two modules must be

configured. They must be installed in
adjacent slots in the sequence from
slot 1 to slot 7.
1.4.16.2 ETP48400 Subrack

An ETP48400 subrack distributes AC input power and DC output power, and
provides slots for a PMU 11A and PSUs (R4850G2) and communication interfaces
between the PMU 11A and PSUs (R4850G2).
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an ETP48400 subrack.

Figure 1-121 Exterior of an ETP48400 subrack
(1) Power output port (2) Power output port (3) Power output port (4) AC power input
for DCDU-12C module for a BTS3900AL DC for a TMC11H (Ver.D) terminals
0 cabinet
(5) Circuit breaker for (6) Circuit breaker for (7) Circuit breaker for (8) Circuit breaker for
DCDU-12C module 0 a BTS3900AL DC a TMC11H (Ver.D) DCDU-12B module 2
cabinet
(9) Circuit breaker for (10) Circuit breaker for (11) Circuit breaker for (12) DC power output
DCDU-12C module 1 DCDU-12B module 3 built-in storage terminals
batteries, an IBBS700D,
or an IBBS700T
Function
An ETP48400 subrack can house one PMU 11A and seven PSUs (R4850G2) and
provides the following DC power outputs:
● Three DC power outputs of 100 A: One power output is supplied to the
DCDU-12C, and the other two power outputs are designated for the
BTS3900AL DC cabinet and TMC11H (Ver.D).
● Three DC power outputs of 200 A: One power output is supplied to the
DCDU-12C, and the other two power outputs are supplied to the DCDU-12B.
● One DC power output of 400 A: It is supplied to the built-in storage battery
pack, IBBS700D, or IBBS700T.
1.4.17 ETP48100-A1
An ETP48100-A1 can be used in an OMB (Ver.C) to convert AC power into DC
power and distribute the DC power.
1.4.17.1 Components of an ETP48100-A1

An ETP48100-A1 consists of an ETP48100-A1 subrack, a PMU 11A, and PSUs
(R4850G2).

The following figure shows the components of an ETP48100-A1.
Figure 1-122 Components of an ETP48100-A1
(1) 1.4.24.5 PMU 11A or PMU (2) 1.4.25.3 PSU (R4850G2) (3) 1.4.17.2 ETP48100-A1
11B Subrack
1.4.17.2 ETP48100-A1 Subrack

An ETP48100-A1 subrack houses a PMU 11A and PSUs (R4850G2) and distributes
AC and DC power to other components.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an ETP48100-A1 subrack.
Figure 1-123 Exterior of an ETP48100-A1 subrack

Port
The following figure shows the terminals and circuit breaker on an ETP48100-A1
subrack.
Figure 1-124 Terminals and circuit breaker on an ETP48100-A1 subrack
The following table describes the terminals and circuit breaker on an ETP48100-A1
subrack.
Table 1-98 Terminals and circuit breaker on an ETP48100-A1 subrack
Terminal or Silkscreen Connector Remarks

Circuit Breaker
(1) AC power INPUT OT terminals Connect to AC

input terminals input power
cables.
(2) Circuit LOAD0 and - Control power

breakers LOAD1 outputs.
(3) DC power OUTPUT OT terminals The positive wire

output terminals is connected to
the RTN(+)
terminal on a
PDU10D-01.
The negative wire
is connected to
the NEG(-)
terminal on a
PDU10D-01.

The following table describes the technical specifications of an ETP48100-A1.
Table 1-99 Technical specifications of an ETP48100-A1

Item Specifications
Input voltage 220 V AC single-phase voltage range: 176 V AC

to 290 V AC
Input voltage frequency 45 Hz to 65 Hz
Output voltage -53.5 V DC
Output current The total output current of two circuits cannot

exceed 100 A.
Surge protection capability 2 kV in differential mode

4 kV in common mode
1.4.18 ETP48100-B1
An ETP48100-B1 can be used in an IMB03 or an IMB05 to convert AC power into
DC power and distribute the DC power.
1.4.18.1 Components of an ETP48100-B1

An ETP48100-B1 consists of an ETP48100-B1 subrack, a PMU 11A/PMU 11B, and
PSUs (R4850G2).
The following figure shows the components of an ETP48100-B1.

Figure 1-125 Components of an ETP48100-B1
(1) 1.4.24.5 PMU 11A or PMU (2) 1.4.25.3 PSU (R4850G2) (3) 1.4.18.2 ETP48100-B1
11B Subrack
1.4.18.2 ETP48100-B1 Subrack

An ETP48100-B1 subrack houses the PMU 11A/PMU 11B and PSUs (R4850G2) and
distributes AC and DC power to other components.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an ETP48100-B1 subrack.
Figure 1-126 Exterior of an ETP48100-B1 subrack
Port
The following figure shows the ports and terminals on an ETP48100-B1 subrack.

Figure 1-127 Ports and terminals on an ETP48100-B1 subrack
The following table describes the ports and terminals on an ETP48100-B1 subrack.
Table 1-100 Ports and terminals on an ETP48100-B1 subrack
Port or Terminal Silkscreen Connector Remarks
(1) AC power INPUT OT terminal Connect to AC

input terminals input power
cables.
(2) DC power OUTPUT EPC5/EPC11 The LOAD0 to

output ports connector LOAD2 ports feed
power to RRUs.
The LOAD3 port
feeds power to
the BBU.
The following table describes the technical specifications of an ETP48100-B1.
Table 1-101 Technical specifications of an ETP48100-B1
Item Specifications
Input voltage 220 V AC single-phase voltage range: 176 V AC

to 290 V AC
Input voltage frequency 45 Hz to 65 Hz
Output voltage -53.5 V DC
Output current 4x30 A fuses are used for the power distribution.
(The output current of one circuit cannot exceed
25 A, and the total current cannot exceed 100
A.)

Item Specifications
Surge protection capability 2 kV in differential mode

4 kV in common mode
1.4.19 HSU (C28005G1)

An HSU (C28005G1) is a voltage boost module. It converts -48 V DC input power
into stable 225–400 V DC power.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an HSU (C28005G1).
Figure 1-128 Exterior of an HSU (C28005G1)
Function
An HSU (C28005G1) provides the following functions:
● Converts -40 V DC to -60 V DC power into 225–400 V DC power.
● Provides protection against input overvoltage and undervoltage and
protection against output overvoltage, short circuit, high temperature, low
temperature, and open circuit.
● Supports hot swap.
Port
The ports on the HSU (C28005G1) are shown in the following figure and
described in the following table.

Figure 1-129 Indicators and terminal on the HSU (C28005G1)
(1) Power indicator (2) Alarm indicator (3) Fault indicator (4) 225–400 V DC
power output terminal
Table 1-102 Terminal on the HSU (C28005G1)

(4) 225–400 V DC OUTPUT HVEPC Connects to

output connector the
terminal PDU08H-01.
Indicator
The following table describes the three indicators on an HSU (C28005G1).

Indicator Color Status Description
(1) Power Green Steady off There is no power supply, or the

indicator module is faulty.
Steady on There is power input and the

module is properly operating.
Blinking (on There is power input and the

for 1s and off module is in the communication
for 1s) query state.
Blinking (on There is power input and the

for 0.125s and module is in the software loading
off for 0.125s) state.
(2) Alarm Yellow Steady off The module is properly operating.

indicator

Steady on ● Environment overtemperature

alarm (when the environment
temperature is over 65°C),
environment overtemperature
protection, and environment
undertemperature protection
● Hibernation or power-off
● DC input overvoltage and
undervoltage alarms
● Security mode
Blinking (on The external communication is

for 1s and off interrupted.
for 1s)
(3) Fault Red Steady off The module is properly operating.

indicator
Steady on Any of the following problems
occurs: communication failure, fan
failure, serious current imbalance,
shutdown due to output
overvoltage, shutdown due to
internal overtemperature, hardware
address exception, output terminal
out-of-position, and output
interruption or emergent shutdown
due to an internal fault of the
module.
1.4.20 DC Junction Box in an IBBS300D/IBBS300T/BBC5300D/

BBC5300T
A DC junction box for an IBBS300D/IBBS300T/BBC5300D/BBC5300T converts one
DC power input into two DC power outputs.
Exterior
Two DC junction boxes are installed in an IBBS300D/IBBS300T/BBC5300D/
BBC5300T. One is on the inner left wall of the cabinet and the other one is on the
inner right wall of the cabinet. The following figure shows the exterior of a DC
junction box using the DC junction box in an IBBS300D as an example.

Function
● This module obtains power from the storage batteries in the basic cabinet,
which can be an APM30H, APM5930(AC), BTS3900AL, or TP48600A-H17B1,
and converts the power into two DC power outputs, which are provided for
two storage battery packs in the battery cabinet.
● This module obtains power from the DC outputs of a basic cabinet, which can
be an APM30H, APM5930(AC), BTS3900AL, or TP48600A-H17B1 and provides
the DC power for the fan or TEC.
Interior
The following figure shows the interior of a DC junction box.

Figure 1-131 Interior of a DC junction box
(1) Wiring terminals for power cables of (2) Wiring terminals for power cables of the
storage batteries fan or TEC
1.4.21 IPM150S
The IPM150S is an indoor power module, which converts external input power
into -48 V or -60 V DC power.
For details about the IPM150S hardware, see IPM150S User Manual.
1.4.22 AC Power Distribution Box in an MRE1000

An AC power distribution box in an MRE1000 distributes AC power, and provides
AC surge protection and circuit-breaker protection.
Exterior
The AC power distribution box in an MRE1000 consists of the AC surge protector,
circuit breakers, and power terminals. Its exterior is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-132 Exterior of an AC power distribution box in an MRE1000
Function
An AC power distribution box in an MRE1000 provides the following functions:
● Supports 220 V AC single-phase and 110 V AC dual-live-wire inputs, provides
AC input and circuit-breaker protection for the EPU03A-21, and provides four
AC inputs and circuit-breaker protection for the heater and SOU.
● Provides AC surge protection.

● Provides power input and circuit-breaker protection for the storage batteries.
Port and Terminal

The following figure shows the input and output ports and terminals on the AC
power distribution box in an MRE1000.
Figure 1-133 Ports and terminals on the AC power distribution box in an

MRE1000
The following table describes the input and output ports and terminals on the AC
power distribution box in an MRE1000.
Table 1-104 Ports and terminals

No. Port and Silkscreen Connector Description
Terminal
(1) Power input RTN(+) and OT terminal Connect to batteries

terminals for NEG(-) (M6) in the extended
extended battery cabinet.
batteries
(2)(3) Power input Already - Connect to batteries

terminals for connected in the battery
storage compartment.
batteries
(4)(5) EPU03A-21 Already - Connect to the AC

power input connected input terminals on
terminals (input the EPU03A-21 to
from external provide the
AC power EPU03A-21 with the
supply) external AC power
supply.

No. Port and Silkscreen Connector Description

Terminal
(6) EPU03A-21 RTN(+) and OT terminal Connect to the

power input NEG(-) (M6) battery terminals on
terminals (input the EPU03A-21 to
from batteries) provide the
EPU03A-21 with
power input from
batteries.
(7) AC output AC OUTPUT OT terminal Provide power input

terminals (M4) for the SOU and
heater.
(8)(9) Ports for Already - Connect to the

monitoring connected cabinet control unit
signal cables type B (CCUB),
which reports alarm
information of the
AC surge protection
box.
(10) AC input L/L1, L2, and OT terminal Connect to external

terminals N (M6) power equipment.
There are three circuit breakers and one AC surge protector on the AC power
distribution box in an MRE1000, which are described in the following table.
Table 1-105 AC power distribution box in an MRE1000

No. Name Description
(11) Input circuit breaker on the Specifications: 63 A/2 P

EPU03A-21
(12) AC output circuit breaker Specifications: 16 A/1 P+N
(13) Output circuit breakers for the Specifications: 125 A/2 P

storage batteries
(14) AC surge protector -
1.4.23 PDU
This section describes DC power distribution units (PDUs) and types of cabinets
supported by the PDUs.

1.4.23.1 PDU01D-02
A power distribution unit 01D-02 (PDU01D-02) can be used in an EPU07A-01/02,
EPU04A-01/02, EPU05A-11/12 subrack and supplies power to the EPU02D-02/
DCDU16D/DCDU15D that powers RRUs or transmission equipment.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a PDU01D-02.
Figure 1-134 Exterior of a PDU01D-02
Function
A PDU01D-02 performs the following functions:
● Provides one -48 V power output.
● Supplies power to the EPU02D-02/DCDU16D/DCDU15D. A single EPU02D-02/
DCDU16D/DCDU15D can supply power to a maximum of three RRUs. A single
DCDU15D can supply power to the transmission equipment.
Port
The following figure shows the ports on a PDU01D-02. The following table
describes the ports on a PDU01D-02.

Figure 1-135 Ports on a PDU01D-02
Table 1-106 Ports on a PDU01D-02

DC Output Power- Protector Protector Connector
Terminal Consuming Specification Type
Equipment s
LOAD EPU02D-02/ Circuit 1x125 A OT terminal

DCDU16D/ breaker (M6)
DCDU15D
1.4.23.2 PDU06D-01
EPU04A-01/02, EPU05A-11/12, or OPM200 and supplies power to RRUs.
Exterior

Function
A PDU06D-01 mainly provides six -48 V DC power outputs and supplies power to
RRUs. Shielded power cables are required for RRU power cables.
Port


Terminal Consuming Type Specification Type
Equipment s
LOAD0, RRU Fuse 6x30 Aa SPC1

LOAD1, connector
LOAD2,
LOAD3,
LOAD4, and
LOAD5
a: The output current of one circuit cannot exceed 25 A, and the total three
outputs of the OPM200 cannot exceed 75 A.
1.4.23.3 PDU05A-01
The power distribution unit 05A-01 (PDU05A-01) distributes AC power into the
PSUs, AC service outlet unit (SOU), and heater. The PDU05A-01 must be installed
in a BTS3900AL AC cabinet.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a PDU05A-01. The following table
describes the exterior of a PDU05A-01.

Figure 1-138 Exterior of a PDU05A-01
Table 1-108 Exterior of a PDU05A-01

No. Compon Silkscreen Description
ent
(1) AC SOU SERVICE OUTLET The AC SOU is an optional AC device. It

10A MAX complies with the European standard.
(2) Decoupli - -
ng coil
(3) HAU HEATER The HAU circuit breaker controls the

circuit power supply to the HAU.
breaker
(4) PSU PSU1/5 PSU circuit breakers control the power

circuit PSU2/6 supply to the PSUs.
breakers The PSU circuit breakers are dual-pole
(AC) PSU3/4/7
circuit breakers. The rated current of
PSU1/5 and PSU2/6 is 40 A, and the rated
current of PSU3/4/7 is 63 A.
(5) AC - The AC surge protector reports AC input

surge surge protection alarms.
protecto
r
(6) AC input L1 AC input terminals are used for 110 V AC

terminal L2 dual-live-wire, 220 V AC single-phase, and
220 V AC three-phase power inputs.
L3
N
PE

Function
The PDU05A-01 performs the following functions:
● Provides five AC outputs. Three outputs are supplied to PSUs, one output is
supplied to the heater assembly unit (HAU) after transferred by the AC
junction box, and one output is supplied to the SOU.
● Provides cord end terminals, through which the 110 V AC dual-live-wire, 220
V AC single-phase, and 220 V AC three-phase power can be supplied.
● Provides an SOU which is optional. The SOU transfers AC power to customer
equipment.
Specifications of an SOU
The following table lists the specifications of an SOU.
Table 1-109 Specifications of an SOU
Item Specifications
Rated current 5A
Rated voltage 110 V AC or 220 V AC
Ingress Protection Rating IP20
1.4.23.4 PDU03D-01
A power distribution unit 03D-01 (PDU03D-01) provides -48 V DC power output
ports for power distribution in a BTS3900AL DC cabinet.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a PDU03D-01. The following table
describes the exterior of a PDU03D-01.

Table 1-110 Exterior of a PDU03D-01

No. Compon Silkscreen Description
ent
(1) DC input INPUT0 RTN(+)_0 Positive power input

terminals terminal
NEG(-)_0 Negative power

input terminal
INPUT1 RTN(+)_1 Positive power input

terminal

input terminal
INPUT2 RTN(+)_2 Positive power input

terminal

input terminal
(2) DC OUTPUT0 RTN(+)_0 Positive power

output output terminal
terminals
output terminal
OUTPUT1 RTN(+)_1 Positive power

output terminal

output terminal
OUTPUT2 RTN(+)_2 Positive power

output terminal

output terminal
Function
● Has three groups of transfer terminals, which can provide single-output power
supply and dual-output power supply simultaneously.
● Supports a maximum of one 100 A DC power input (INPUT2) and two 200 A
DC power inputs (INPUT0 and INPUT1).

1.4.23.5 PDU10D-01
A power distribution unit 10D-01 (PDU10D-01) is a DC power distribution unit
and can be used in an OMB (Ver.C) to provide -48 V DC power for other
components in the cabinet.
Exterior
Function
The PDU10D-01 performs the following functions:
● Supports a maximum of two -48 V DC inputs and a maximum of 160 A input
current.
● Provides ten DC outputs, with six for the RRUs, one for the BBU, one for the
HEUB, and two reserved.
Port and Terminal

Figure 1-141 shows the ports and terminals on the PDU10D-01 panel and Table
1-111 describes these ports and terminals.

Figure 1-141 Ports and terminals on the PDU10D-01 panel
Table 1-111 Ports and terminals on the PDU10D-01 panel

No Port Silkscreen Connector and Description
. Cable
1 DC input NEG(-) It supports a It is a negative power

terminal one-hole OT input terminal.
terminal (M6).
RTN(+) When one group It is a positive power
of input power input terminal.
cables is used,
the maximum
cross-sectional
area of each
cable is 25 mm2
(0.039 in.2).
When two
groups of input
power cables are
used, the
maximum cross-
sectional area of
each cable is 16
mm2 (0.025 in.2).

No Port Silkscreen Connector and Description

. Cable
2 AC input L, N, and PE They support The maximum current

terminals one-hole OT for each power input is
terminals (M4). 30 A.
Each cable has a
maximum cross-
sectional area of
4 mm2 (0.0062
in.2).
3 DC output LOAD0 to EPC5/EPC11 The output current of

ports LOAD5 connectors are one circuit cannot
used for LOAD0 exceed 25 A.
to LOAD5 ports.
Figure 1-142 or
Figure 1-143
shows the
exterior. The
maximum cross-
sectional area of
the cable is 10
mm2 (0.016 in.2).
4 DC output LOAD6 to EPC4 connectors The output current of

ports LOAD9 are used for one circuit cannot
LOAD6 to LOAD9 exceed 25 A.
ports. Figure
1-144 shows the
exterior. The
maximum cross-
sectional area of
the cable is 4
mm2 (0.0062 in.
2).
5 Spare fuse - - A spare fuse box

box contains three fuses for
onsite replacement.
● Two 5 A fuses are
used for transmission
with power of less
than 150 W.
● One 30 A fuse is used
for 30 A backup
power provided by a
PDU10D-01.

1.4.23.6 PDU01D-01
A power distribution unit 01D-01 (PDU01D-01) can be used in an
EPU05A-06/07/08/09 or EPU07A-01/02 subrack. It provides power for the
EPU02D/EPU02D-02/DCDU16D, or is connected to an ODM to provide power for
RRUs.
Exterior

Function
● Provides one -48 V power output.
● Provides power for a maximum of six RRUs if being used together with an
ODM.
Port
The following figure shows the port on a PDU01D-01. The following table
describes the port on a PDU01D-01.
Figure 1-146 Port on a PDU01D-01

Table 1-112 Port on a PDU01D-01

Equipment s
LOAD ODM Circuit 1x100 A OT terminal

breaker (M6)
1.4.23.7 PDU03D-02
A power distribution unit 03D-02 (PDU03D-02) can be used in an EPU05A-06,
EPU05A-07, EPU05A-08, or EPU05A-09 subrack to provide power for RRUs.
Exterior
Function
A PDU03D-02 mainly provides three -48 V DC power outputs.
Port


Port Consuming Specification
Equipment s
LOAD0, RRU Fuse 3x30 Aa EPC5/EPC11

LOAD1, and connector
LOAD2
1.4.23.8 PDU03D-03
EPU04A-01/02, EPU05A-11/12 or OPM200 and supplies DC power to RRUs.
Exterior

Function
A PDU03D-03 mainly provides three -48 V power outputs.
Port


Equipment s
LOAD0, RRU MCB 3x50 Aa Bare wire

LOAD1, and
LOAD2
a: The output current of one circuit cannot exceed 50 A, the total current of the
three outputs of the EPU05A-11/12 cannot exceed 125 A, and the total output
current of the three outputs of the OPM200 cannot exceed 120 A.
1.4.23.9 PDU08H-01
A power distribution unit 08H-01 (PDU08H-01) is used in an MRE1000 to
distribute high-voltage power.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a PDU08H-01.

Figure 1-151 Exterior of a PDU08H-01
Function
A PDU08H-01 performs the following functions:
● Receives a maximum of three 225-400 V DC inputs and provides eight
225-400 V DC outputs.
● Provides the functions of insulation failure detection and mains connection
detection.
● Provides one TEST port to locate the tributary in which the insulation failure
occurs.
Terminal
The following figure shows the terminals on a PDU08H-01.
Figure 1-152 Terminals on a PDU08H-01
The following table describes the terminals on a PDU08H-01.

Table 1-115 Terminals on a PDU08H-01
No. Terminal Silkscreen Matched Remarks

Terminal
(1) 225-400 INPUT0, HVEPC Connect to the

V DC INPUT1, connector EPU03A-21 to provide
input and power for the
terminals INPUT2 PDU08H-01.
(2) 225-400 LOAD0 to HVEPC Provide power for the

V DC LOAD7 connector ODM04D.
output
terminals
(3) 225-400 TEST HVEPC When any of the LOAD0

V DC connector to LOAD7 ports is
output experiencing an
terminal insulation failure, this
port is used to locate the
tributary with an
insulation failure. This
function is applicable
only when the insulation
resistance is stable and
does not vary with the
voltage.
(4) HSMU HSMU01D - The HSMU01D is a

225-400 V DC power
distribution safety
monitoring unit.
(5) -48 V DC HSMU EPC4 connector Connects to the

input INPUT EPU03A-21 to provide
terminal power for the rear panel
and HSMU.
The following table lists the technical specifications of a PDU08H-01.
Table 1-116 Technical specifications of a PDU08H-01
Item Specifications
Output voltage range 225 V DC to 400 V DC
Rated voltage Low voltage (225 V DC to 300 V DC):

280 V DC
High voltage (300 V DC to 400 V DC):
378 V DC

Item Specifications
Output current Maximum current of each output: 16 A
1.4.24 PMU
This section describes power monitoring units (PMUs) and types of cabinets
supported by the PMUs.
1.4.24.1 PMU 16A

A power monitoring unit 16A (PMU 16A) manages a power system and batteries,
monitors power distribution, and reports alarms. The PMU 16A can be installed in
an OPM200.
Exterior
Figure 1-153 shows the exterior of a PMU 16A.
Figure 1-153 PMU 16A exterior
Functions
A PMU 16A provides the following functions:
● Communicates with an upper-level device through an RS485 port.

● Provides comprehensive power system management and lithium battery
management.
● Monitors the temperature and manages fan modules.
● Monitors power distribution and reports alarms.
● Communicates with the lithium battery over a CAN port.

Ports
Figure 1-154 shows the ports on a PMU 16A. Table 1-117 describes these ports.
Figure 1-154 Ports on a PMU 16A
Table 1-117 Description of the ports on a PMU 16A
No. Silkscreen Connector Description

Type
(1) FAN_EXT 12-pin Port connecting to the external

connector circulation fan to receive fan alarm
signals
(2) COM_IN RJ45 OPM200 cascading port and alarm

connector port connecting to the MON0 or
MON1 port on a BBU5900A or
connecting to an RRU3xxx series
module to support one channel of
RS485 signals
(3) COM_OUT RJ45 Alarm port connecting to another

connector OPM200 and supporting one channel
of RS485 signals
(4) COM_485 RJ45 Port connecting to a monitoring

connector board in an IBBS50L to receive
monitoring signals from the battery
cabinet
Indicators
Table 1-118 describes the two indicators on a PMU 16A.
Silksc Meanin Color Status Description

reen g
RUN Runnin Green Steady on The module is being started,

g conducting self-check, or being
indicato loaded and activated.
r


reen g
Blinking (on The module is functional and is

for 1s and off properly communicating with the
for 1s) main control board in a BBU.
Blinking (on The module is functional but

for 0.125s and unable to properly communicate.
off for 0.125s)
Steady off The module is faulty or there is no

DC power supply.
ALM Alarm Red Steady on An alarm is generated, and the

indicato module must be replaced.
r
Steady off No alarm is generated.
Blinking (on An alarm has been generated, and

for 1s and off you need to locate the fault before
for 1s) determining whether to replace the
module.
1.4.24.2 PMU 15A

A power monitoring unit 15A (PMU 15A) manages the lithium batteries and
reports alarms. A PMU 15A can be used in an IBBS200D (Ver.E)/IBBS200D (Ver.D)/
IBBS200D (Ver.C)/BBC5600D/BBC5600A/BBC5200D-L.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a PMU 15A.
Figure 1-155 Exterior of a PMU 15A
Function
A PMU 15A performs the following functions:


● Provides one CAN port to communicate with a lithium battery.
Port
The following figure shows the ports on a PMU 15A. The following table describes
the ports on a PMU 15A.
Table 1-119 Ports on a PMU 15A

Type
(1) PWR 2-pin Power input port

connector
(2) COM_IN RJ45 Connects to a BBU or communicates

connector with the upper-level monitoring
board.
(3) COM_OUT RJ45 Communicates with a lower-level

connector monitoring board.
(4) CAN 2-pin Connects to the lithium battery

Indicator
The following table describes the two indicators on a PMU 15A.


reen g
RUN Runnin Green Steady on The board is being started,

r

off for 0.125s)
Steady off The module is faulty, or there is no

DC power supply.
ALM Alarm Red Steady on An alarm has been generated, and

indicato the module needs to be replaced.
r

module.
1.4.24.3 PMU 12A

A power monitoring unit 12A (PMU 12A) manages voltage boosting power
distribution modules and reports alarms. The PMU 12A is configured in an
EPU02D or EPU02D-02, and can be used in a 19-inch rack or any of the following
cabinets: APM30H (Ver.E), APM30H (Ver.E_B~D), TMC11H (Ver.E), TMC11H
(Ver.E_B~D), APM30H (Ver.D), APM30H (Ver.D_B), APM30H (Ver.D_C), TMC11H
(Ver.D), TMC11H (Ver.D_B), TMC11H (Ver.D_C), BTS3900AL, IMB03, BTS3900
(Ver.D), BTS3900L (Ver.D), IMB05, BTS3900 (Ver.E_A~D), BTS3900L (Ver.E_B~D),
BTS5900 (Ver.A), BTS5900L (Ver.A), ILC29 (Ver.E), and OMB (Ver.C).
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a PMU 12A.

Figure 1-157 Exterior of a PMU 12A
Function
A PMU 12A performs the following functions:
● Manages voltage boosting power distribution modules.
● Provides one port for reporting Boolean alarms from a relay node.
Port
The following figure shows the ports on a PMU 12A. The following table describes
the ports on a PMU 12A.

Table 1-121 Ports on a PMU 12A
(1) COM_IN RJ45 Connects to a BBU or communicates

connector with the upper-level monitoring
board.
(2) COM_OUT RJ45 Communicates with a lower-level

(3) ALM_ALL 4-pin Reports all Boolean alarms from a

connector relay node.
(4) CAN 4-pin Reserved port (This port is not

connector connected to any cables.)
The two pins of the ALM_ALL port are described as follows:

● If the module is not reporting alarms, the two pins are in the conducting
state. In this case, the conductive resistance ranges from 60 ohms to 80 ohms.
● If the module is reporting alarms or there is no power supply, the two pins are
in the non-conducting state.
NOTICE
The voltage between the two pins must be less than 60 V DC, and the current of
each pin must be less than 0.4 A. Otherwise, the circuit of the relay in the module
will be damaged.
Indicator
The following table describes the two indicators on a PMU 12A.

reen g

r

off for 0.125s)


reen g

DC power supply.

r

module.
1.4.24.4 PMU 11C

A power monitoring unit 11C (PMU 11C) manages a power system and batteries,
monitors power distribution, and reports alarms. A PMU 11C can be used in an
APM5950H/APM5950H-L.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a PMU 11C.
Figure 1-159 Exterior of a PMU 11C

Function
A PMU 11C performs the following functions:

● Manages a power system and the charge and discharge of batteries.
● Monitors the door status and the temperature of batteries.
● Communicates with a battery cabinet through an RS485 port.
Port
The following figure shows the ports on a PMU 11C.
Figure 1-160 Ports on a PMU 11C
The following table describes the ports on a PMU 11C.
Table 1-123 Ports on a PMU 11C
No. Silkscreen Connector Type Description
1 COM_IN RJ45 connector Connects to a BBU or communicates

with the upper-level monitoring
board.
2 ELU RJ45 connector Connects to an ELU to report the

cabinet type.
3 CAN RJ45 connector Reserved port for connecting to a

lower-level lithium battery and
reporting monitoring information
about the lithium battery to the
PMU

No. Silkscreen Connector Type Description
4 D_COM1 RJ45 connector Downlink communication port

supporting RS485 communication
and used for managing
electromechanical devices


7 COM_485 RJ45 connector Connects to the monitoring board in

a battery cabinet to and receive
cabinet.
8 COM_OUT RJ45 connector Communicates with a lower-level

monitoring board.
Indicator
The following table describes the indicators on a PMU 11C.

reen g

r

off for 0.125s)

DC power supply.

indicato module needs to be replaced.
r


reen g

module.
DIP Switch
There is a DIP switch on the left panel of a PMU 11C. The DIP switch has four bits,
where bit 1 defines the monitoring address of the PMU 11C, and bits 2, 3, and 4
are not defined but reserved for future use.
ON is indicated by 1, and OFF is indicated by 0. The monitoring address of the

PMU 11C is set to 3 by default before delivery, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-161 DIP switch on the left panel of a PMU 11C
NOTE
At a site configured with two or more APM5950Hs, if two PMUs are connected to one
RS485 bus for the BBU, the monitoring address of the other PMU is set to 4. That is, the
first bit of the DIP switch should be set to 0.
1.4.24.5 PMU 11A or PMU 11B

A power monitoring unit 11A or 11B (PMU 11A or PMU 11B) manages a power
system and batteries, monitors power distribution, and reports alarms. A PMU 11A
or PMU 11B can be used in an IMS06 subrack or in any of the following cabinets:
BTS3900 (Ver.D), BTS3900L (Ver.D), BTS3900AL (Ver.A), OMB (Ver.C), IMB03,
IMB05, IBC10, BTS3900 (Ver.D_A), BTS3900 (Ver.D_B), APM30H (Ver.D), APM30H
(Ver.D_A1), APM30H (Ver.D_A2), APM30H (Ver.E_A1), APM30H (Ver.D_B), BTS3012
(Ver.D_Z), and BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z).

Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a PMU 11A or PMU 11B.
NOTE
The exteriors of a PMU 11A and a PMU 11B are distinguished by the silkscreens "PMU 11A"
and "PMU 11B" on the upper left corners of the panels.
Figure 1-162 Exterior of a PMU 11A or PMU 11B
Function
A PMU 11A or PMU 11B performs the following functions:
● Manages a power system and the charge and discharge of storage batteries.
● Monitors the door status and the temperature of storage batteries.
Port
The following figure shows the ports on a PMU 11A or PMU 11B.

Figure 1-163 Ports on a PMU 11A or PMU 11B
The following table describes the ports on a PMU 11A or PMU 11B.
Table 1-125 Ports on a PMU 11A or PMU 11B

1 GATE 2-pin connector Connects to a cabinet door status

sensor
2 TEM_BAT 2-pin connector Connects to a storage battery

temperature sensor
3 COM_IN RJ45 connector Connects to a BBU for

communication or communicates
with an upper-level monitoring
board
4 COM_OUT RJ45 connector Communicates with a lower-level

monitoring board for
communication
5 COM_485 RJ45 connector Connects to the monitoring board in

a battery cabinet, and receives
cabinet
Indicator
The following table describes the indicators on a PMU 11A or PMU 11B.


reen g

r

off for 0.125s)

DC power supply.

r

module.
DIP Switch
There is a DIP switch on the left panel of a PMU 11A or PMU 11B. A DIP switch
has eight bits, where the four least significant bits (1, 2, 3, and 4) define the
monitoring address of a PMU 11A or PMU 11B, and the four most significant bits
(5, 6, 7, and 8) are not defined but reserved for future use.
ON is indicated by 1, and OFF is indicated by 0. The monitoring address of a PMU
11A or PMU 11B is set to 3 by default before delivery, as shown in the following
figure.

Figure 1-164 DIP switch on the left panel of a PMU 11A or PMU 11B
NOTE
At a site configured with two or more APM30Hs, if two PMU units are connected to one
RS485 bus for the BBU, the monitoring address of the other PMU should be set to 4. That
is, the lower four bits of the DIP switch should be set to 0010.
1.4.24.6 PMU 01B

A power monitoring unit 01B (PMU 01B) manages a power system and batteries,
monitors power distribution, and reports alarms. A PMU 01B can be used in a
BTS3900 (Ver.C), APM30H (Ver.C), or IMB03 cabinet.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a PMU 01B.
Figure 1-165 Exterior of a PMU 01B

Function
A PMU 01B performs the following functions:
NOTE
PMUs of different versions have different functions. If new functions are required, manually
upgrade the PMU software version online.
● Manages a power system and the charge and discharge of storage batteries.
● Reports alarms related to the door status, standby Boolean detection,
ambient humidity and temperature, battery temperature, and standby analog
values.
● Monitors power distribution and reports alarms, including dry-contact alarms.
Port
The following figure shows the ports and indicators on a PMU 01B.
Figure 1-166 Ports and indicators on a PMU 01B
(1) PMU status (2) Power test port (3) Storage battery (4) COM port
indicator circuit breaker
(5) COM_485 port (6) COM_OUT port (7) COM_IN port (8) Backplane port
The following table describes the ports and circuit breaker on a PMU 01B.
Table 1-127 Ports and circuit breaker on a PMU 01B
Item Silkscreen Remarks
Power test port -48V/+24V and 0V Used for measuring the PMU 01B output
voltage.

Item Silkscreen Remarks
Storage battery BAT (ON and OFF) Used for powering on and off storage
circuit breaker batteries through the ON and OFF ports.
● Insert a round stick into the ON port,
press the button in this port, and hold
the button down for 5s to 10s. If you
hear a click, storage batteries are
powered on.
● Insert a round stick into the OFF port,
press the button in this port, and hold
the button down for 5s to 10s. If you
hear a click, storage batteries are
powered off.
COM port COM Connects to the HPMI, and receives

alarm signals from the HPMI.
COM_485 port COM_485 Connects to the monitoring board in the

IBBS200D or IBBS200T, and receives
cabinet.
COM_OUT port COM_OUT Connects to the lower-level device, such

as an EMUA or EMUB, and collects
alarm signals from the lower-level
device.
COM_IN port COM_IN Connects to the BBU or upper-level

device, and reports alarm signals to the
BBU.
Backplane port - Connects to the connector on the

backplane in the power subrack.
Indicator
The following table describes the indicators on a PMU 01B.
Table 1-128 Indicators on a PMU 01B
Silksc Mea Color Status Remarks

reen ning
RUN Runni Gree Blinking (on for The module is functional and
ng n 1s and off for 1s) communicating with the main
indic control board in the BBU properly.
ator (This status does not necessarily
mean that the main control board
has been configured with the
PMU.)

Silksc Mea Color Status Remarks

reen ning
Blinking (on for The module is functional but fails

0.125s and off for to communicate with the main
0.125s) control board. If the module has
not communicated with the main
control board for one minute, this
situation is regarded as a
communication failure.
Steady on or off The module is faulty (if it is not in

the power-on self-check state).
ALM Alar Red Steady on The base station reports at least

m one of the following alarms:
indic ● Mains power supply failure
ator alarm (including mains phase
loss)
● Mains power overvoltage or
undervoltage alarm
● Busbar overvoltage or
undervoltage alarm
● Charging overcurrent
● Battery power-off alarm
● Battery pack circuit failure
alarm
● Ambient temperature alarm
● Ambient humidity alarm
● Power module alarm
● Load power-off
NOTE
Within 3s to 5s after the PMU 01B is powered on, the ALM and RUN indicators are on for
about 3s.
DIP Switch
There is a DIP switch on the right side of the PMU 01B panel. The DIP switch has
eight bits, where the four bits 1, 2, 3, and 4 define the monitoring address of the
PMU 01B, and the four bits 5, 6, 7, and 8 are not defined and reserved for future
use.
ON is indicated by 1, and OFF is indicated by 0. The monitoring address of the

PMU 01B is set to 3 by default before delivery, as shown in the following figure.

Figure 1-167 DIP switch on the right side of the PMU 01B panel
NOTE
At a site configured with two or more APM30Hs, if two PMU units are connected to one
RS485 bus for the BBU, the monitoring address of the other PMU should be set to 4. That
is, the lower four bits of the DIP switch should be set to 0010.
1.4.24.7 PMIU
A power monitoring interface unit (PMIU) transfers monitoring signals from an
EPU05A-06, EPU05A-07, EPU05A-08, or EPU05A-09 subrack to a CCUB. A PMIU
can be used in an APM30H (Ver.E), APM30H (Ver.E_A2), APM30H (Ver.E_B~D), or
MRE1000.
Exterior
There are two types of PMIUs. The PMIU in the EPU05A-06, EPU05A-07,
EPU05A-08, or EPU05A-09 is shown in Figure 1-168 and the PMIU in the
EPU03A-21 is shown in Figure 1-169.
Figure 1-168 PMIU exterior (1)

Figure 1-169 PMIU exterior (2)
(1) STATE indicator (2) RJ45 port
Function
A PMIU performs the following functions:
● Communicates with a CCUB, manages the power system, and manages the
charging and discharging of storage batteries.
● Monitors power distribution analog signals, including DC voltage, battery
current, battery circuit status, and AC SPD status.
● Controls battery and load contactors.
● Identifies whether pluggable modules are in position.
Port
The following table describes the port on a PMIU.
Table 1-129 Port on a PMIU
Silkscreen Connector Description
PMI RJ45 connector Connects to the PMI port on the CCUB in

the same cabinet and reports monitoring
information about the power subrack to
the CCUB.
Indicator
The following table describes the indicator on a PMIU.

Table 1-130 Indicator on a PMIU
Silkscr Color Status Description

een
STATE - Steady off There is no power supply, or the board is

faulty.
Green Steady on Communications are normal and no

alarm is reported.
Red Steady on An alarm is generated, and the module

must be replaced.
1.4.24.8 PMID
A power monitoring interface unit type D (PMID) transfers monitoring signals
from an EPU05A-11/EPU05A-12 subrack to a cabinet control unit type C (CCUC).
A PMID can be used in an APM5930(AC) or APM30H (Ver.F_B~E).
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a PMID.
Figure 1-170 Exterior of a PMID
(1) STATE indicator (2) CAN port (3) PMI port

Function
A PMID performs the following functions:
● Communicates with a CCUC, manages the power system, and manages the
charging and discharging of storage batteries.
● Monitors power distribution analog signals, including DC voltage, battery
current, battery circuit status, and AC SPD status.
● Controls battery and load contactors.
● Identifies whether pluggable modules are in position.
● Provides the "CAN" port for connecting to the lower-level component.
Port
The following table describes the ports on a PMID.
Table 1-131 Ports on a PMID
Silkscreen Connector Remarks
PMI RJ45 connector Connects to the "PMI" port on the CCUC in

the same cabinet and reports monitoring
information about the power subrack to the
CCUC.
CAN 2-pin connector Reserved port. Connects to the lower-level

component and reports monitoring
information about the lower-level
component to the CCUC.
Indicator
The following table describes the indicator on a PMID.
Table 1-132 Indicator on a PMID
Silkscreen Color Status Meaning
STATE - Steady off There is no power supply,

or the board is faulty.
Green Steady on Communications are

normal and no alarm is
reported.
Red Steady on An alarm is generated,

and the module must be
replaced.

1.4.24.9 PMIE
The power monitoring interface unit type E (PMIE) transfers monitoring signals
from an EPU07A-01/02 or EPU04A-01/02 to a PMU 11C. A PMIE can be used in an
APM5950H/APM5950H-L.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a PMIE.
Figure 1-171 Exterior of a PMIE
Function
The PMIE performs the following functions:
● Provides the sensor detection port.
● Provides the input dry contact detection port.
● Provides power for the PMU 11C.
● Provides the fan control port.
● Provides the door status sensor port.
● Provides RS485 and CAN ports.
Port
The following figure shows the ports on a PMIE.

Figure 1-172 Ports on a PMIE
(1) Input dry contact (2) D_COM (3) Cable outlet for the (4) Cable port for the
port and sensor port communication port fan and temperature fan and temperature
sensor sensor
The following table describes the ports on a PMIE.
Table 1-133 Description of PMIE ports
Silkscreen Connector Type Description
SIG1 14-pin connector Input dry contact port and sensor port
SIG2 14-pin connector Input dry contact port, sensor port, RS485
port, and CAN port
D_COM RJ45 connector Downlink communication port supporting

RS485 communication and used for
managing electromechanical devices
J3 20-pin connector Fan and temperature sensor port
The following table describes the SIG1 and SIG2 ports.
Table 1-134 Description of SIG1 and SIG2 ports
Silkscreen Port No. Description
SIG1 PIN1, PIN15 Door status sensor
PIN2, PIN16 Reserved
PIN3, PIN17 Reserved

Silkscreen Port No. Description
PIN4, PIN18 Input dry contact 0
SIG2 PIN8 12 V water sensor power supply
PIN9 Water sensor signal input
PIN10 12 V water sensor power ground
PIN11 4–20 mA battery temperature signal input
PIN12 4–20 mA battery temperature sensor power

supply
PIN22 12 V smoke sensor power supply
PIN23 Smoke signal input
PIN24 Power ground
PIN25 4–20 mA humidity signal input H-
PIN26 4–20 mA humidity sensor power supply H+
PIN13 RS485 A
PIN27 RS485 B
PIN14 CANH
PIN28 CANL
1.4.25 PSU
This section describes power supply units (PSUs) and types of cabinets supported
by the PSUs.
1.4.25.1 PSU (R4875G5)

A PSU (R4875G5) converts 110 V AC or 220 V AC power into -53.5 V DC power by
default and the output voltage can be set to -57 V DC through PMU configuration.
The PSU (R4875G5) can be used in an APM5950H/APM5950H-L/APM5930/
APM30H (Ver.F_B~E)/OPM200.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a PSU (R4875G5).

Figure 1-173 Exterior of a PSU (R4875G5)
Function
A PSU (R4875G5) performs the following functions:
● Converts 110 V AC or 220 V AC power into -53.5 V DC power by default and
the output voltage can be set to -57 V DC through PMU configuration.
its DC power outputs.
● Provides an output power of 4000 W.
Indicator
The following figure shows the indicators on a PSU (R4875G5).
Figure 1-174 Indicators on a PSU (R4875G5)
The following table describes the indicators on a PSU (R4875G5).
Table 1-135 Indicators on a PSU (R4875G5)

(1) Power Green Steady on The module is running properly.

indicator

Blinking (on The PSU is loading software online.

for 0.125s
and off for
0.125s)
Steady off The external power supply or the

module is faulty.
(2) Protection Yellow Steady off The module is running properly.

indicator
Steady on An alarm is triggered by any of the
following external factors:
● The rectifier generates a
prewarning for power limiting
due to overtemperature.
● The rectifier generates an alarm
for shutdown due to ambient
overtemperature or
undertemperature.
due to AC input overvoltage or
undervoltage protection.
● The rectifier is hibernating.
Blinking (on The communication between the

for 1s and module and the PMU is interrupted.
off for 1s)
(3) Fault Red Steady off The module is running properly.

indicator
Steady on The module is faulty or is shut
down in an emergency. It is
recommended that you locate the
fault and replace the module.
1.4.25.2 PSU (R4875G1)

A PSU (R4875G1) converts 110 V AC or 220 V AC power into -53.5 V DC power. A
PSU (R4875G1) can be used in an APM5950H/APM5950H-L/APM5930(AC)/
APM30H (Ver.F_B~E).
Exterior

Function
● Converts 110 V AC or 220 V AC power into -53.5 V DC power. The output
voltage can be adjusted by a power monitoring unit (PMU).
● Provides an output power of 4000 W.
Indicator



indicator
Blinking (on The PSU is loading software online.
for 0.125s
and off for
0.125s)

module is faulty.
(2) Protection Yellow Steady off The module is running properly.

indicator
Steady on An alarm is triggered by any of the
overtemperature or
undertemperature.
Blinking (on The communication between the

for 1s and module and the PMU is interrupted.
off for 1s)
(3) Fault Red Steady off The module is running properly.

indicator
Steady on The module is faulty or is shut
down in an emergency. It is
recommended that you locate the
fault and replace the module.
1.4.25.3 PSU (R4850G2)

A PSU (R4850G2) converts 110 V AC or 220 V AC power into -48 V DC power. A
PSU (R4850G2) can be used in an IMS06 subrack or in any of the following
cabinets: BTS3900 (Ver.D), BTS3900L (Ver.D), BTS3900AL (Ver.A), OMB (Ver.C),
IMB03, IMB05, BTS3900 (Ver.D_A), BTS3900 (Ver.D_B), APM30H (Ver.D), APM30H
(Ver.E), APM30 (Ver.D_A1), APM30H (Ver.D_A2), APM30 (Ver.E_A1), APM30H
(Ver.E_A2), APM30H (Ver.E_B~D), APM30H (Ver.D_B), BTS3012 (Ver.D_Z), and
BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z).

Exterior
Function
● Converts 110 V AC or 220 V AC power into -48 V DC power. The output
voltage can be adjusted by a power monitoring unit (PMU).
● Provides output power of 3000 W.
Indicator

Indicator Color Status Remarks

a

indicator
Blinking (on for The PSU is loading software online.
0.125s and off for
0.125s)

module is faulty.
(2) Yello Steady off Normal

Protection w
indicator Steady on An alarm is triggered by any of the
overtemperature or
undertemperature.
Blinking (on for 1s The communication between the

and off for 1s) module and the PMU is interrupted.
(3) Fault Red Steady off Normal

indicator
Steady on The module is faulty or is shut down
in an emergency. It is recommended
that you locate the fault and replace
the module.
a: If the red and green indicators are steady on and the yellow indicator is
blinking, PSUs are not securely installed in the slots.
1.4.25.4 PSU (PSU4850A)

A power supply unit (PSU) (PSU4850A) converts 110 V AC or 220 V AC power into
-48 V DC power. PSUs (PSU4850A) can be used in a BTS3900 (Ver.C) cabinet or
APM30H (Ver.C).
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a PSU (PSU4850A).

Figure 1-179 Exterior of a PSU (PSU4850A)
Function
A PSU (PSU4850A) performs the following functions:
● Converts 110 V AC or 220 V AC power into -48 V DC power and distributes
the -48 V DC power.
● Monitors and reports alarms related to module faults (such as output
overvoltage, no output, and fan fault), alarms related to module protection
(such as overtemperature protection and input overvoltage/undervoltage
protection), and module not-in-position alarm.
Indicator
The following figure shows the indicators on a PSU (PSU4850A).
Figure 1-180 Indicators on a PSU (PSU4850A)
(1) Power indicator (2) Protection indicator (3) Fault indicator

The following table describes the indicators on a PSU (PSU4850A).
Table 1-138 Indicators on a PSU (PSU4850A)

Silkscreen Color Status Remarks
(1) Power Green Steady on Normal

indicator
Steady off ● Mains power
supply faults
(such as no AC
input and
overvoltage or
undervoltage
of AC input)
● No output
from PSUs
(2) Protection Yellow Steady off Normal

indicator
Steady on Temperature
prewarning
(3) Fault indicator Red Steady off ● Normal

● No output
from PSUs due
to mains
power supply
faults (such as
no AC input
and
overvoltage or
undervoltage
of AC input)
Steady on ● No output
from PSUs due
to output
overvoltage
shutdown, fan
fault,
overtemperatu
re shutdown,
or remote
shutdown
● No output
from PSUs due
to other
internal
problems

1.4.25.5 PSU (EPW30-48A)

A power supply unit (PSU) (EPW30-48A) converts 110 V AC or 220 V AC power
into -48 V DC power. A PSU (EPW30-48A) can be used in an IMB03 cabinet.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a PSU (EPW30-48A).
Figure 1-181 Exterior of a PSU (EPW30-48A)
Function
A PSU (EPW30-48A) performs the following functions:
● Converts 110 V AC or 220 V AC power into -48 V DC power and distributes
the -48 V DC power.
Indicator
The following figure shows the indicators on a PSU (EPW30-48A).

Figure 1-182 Indicators on a PSU (EPW30-48A)
The following table describes the indicators on a PSU (EPW30-48A).
Table 1-139 Indicators on a PSU (EPW30-48A)

indicator
Steady off ● Mains power supply faults
(such as no AC input and
overvoltage or undervoltage
of AC input)
● No output from PSUs
(EPW30-48A)
(2) Yellow Steady off Normal

Protection
indicator Steady on An alarm is triggered by any of
the following external factors:
prewarning for power
limiting due to
overtemperature.
● The rectifier generates an
alarm for shutdown due to
ambient overtemperature or
undertemperature.
● The rectifier generates an
alarm due to AC input
overvoltage or undervoltage
protection.

(3) Fault Red Steady off ● Normal

indicator ● No output from PSUs
(EPW30-48A) due to mains
power supply faults (such as
no AC input and overvoltage
or undervoltage of AC input)
Steady on ● No output from PSUs due to

output overvoltage
shutdown, fan fault,
overtemperature shutdown,
or remote shutdown
● No output from PSUs
(EPW30-48A) due to other
internal problems
1.4.25.6 PSU (EPW25-24S48D)

A power supply unit (PSU) (EPW25-24S48D) converts +24 V DC power into -48 V
DC. PSUs (EPW25-24S48D) can be installed in an IMB03.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a PSU (EPW25-24S48D).

Figure 1-183 Exterior of a PSU (EPW25-24S48D)
Function
A PSU (EPW25-24S48D) performs the following functions:

Indicator
The following table describes the indicators on a PSU (EPW25-24S48D).
Table 1-140 Indicators on a PSU (EPW25-24S48D)
Indicator Color Status Meaning

indicator
Steady off There is no power
supply, or input
fuses are
damaged.

(2) Protection Yellow Steady off Normal

indicator
Steady on ● The DC input
or output
voltage
exceeds the
normal range.
● Overtemperatu
re occurs in a
module.
● A module is
not installed
properly.
(3) Fault indicator Red Steady off Normal
Blinking The fan is faulty.
1.4.26 PVBU
A photovoltaics breaker unit (PVBU) is installed in the APM5950H or APM5950H-L
for connecting or disconnecting the PV power cable and protecting the equipment.
The PVBU supports two DC PV power inputs and provides protection for two SSUs.
Exterior
The PVBU is installed on the left wall in the APM5950H/APM5950H-L. The
following figure shows how to install a PVBU in an APM5950H-L.

Figure 1-184 Exterior of a PVBU
Function
It is used in the cabinet to provide a maximum of two 80 A/1 P circuit breakers to
connect and disconnect two external power inputs to the SSUs.
Port
The following figure shows the ports on a PVBU.

Figure 1-185 PVBU ports
(1) OUTPUT, PV0-: negative input to the first (2) OUTPUT, PV1-: negative input to the
SSU second SSU
(3) INPUT, PV0-: negative input to the first (4) INPUT, PV1-: negative input to the second
external PV power supply external PV power supply
1.4.27 PVDU-80A1
The PVDU-80A1 is a photovoltaic distribution unit that converts solar power input
into stable -48 V DC output to power communications equipment and can be used
in PV scenarios.
For details about the PVDU-80A1, see PVDU-80A1 Photovoltaic Distribution
Unit User Manual.
1.4.28 DC Junction Box in an RFC

A DC junction box is installed in an RFC to convert one or two power inputs into
two DC power outputs.
Exterior
A DC junction box is installed on the left inner wall of an RFC. The following figure
shows the exterior of a DC junction box.

Function
● In an AC scenario, the RFC power terminals in an EPU subrack are connected
to a DC junction box, which then distributes DC power to the RFC and TMC.
● In a DC scenario, the external power supply is directly connected to a DC
junction box, which then distributes DC power to the RFC and TMC.
Interior
The following figure shows the interior of a DC junction box.

Figure 1-187 Interior of a DC junction box
(1) Cable holes for (2) One-hole input/ (3) One-hole input/ (4) Cable holes for
input/output power output terminals (M6) output terminals (M6) input/output power
cables cables
NOTE
In an AC scenario, input/output power cables have been installed in a DC junction box

before delivery. In a DC scenario, input power cables must be installed onsite according to
the following requirements:
● When one group of input power cables are used, connect the cables to the RTN(+) and
NEG(-) terminals (M6) in the lower of the two rows indicated by illustration 3 in Figure
1-187.
● When two groups of input power cables are used, connect the cables to the RTN(+) and
NEG(-) terminals (M6) in the two rows indicated by illustration 3 in Figure 1-187.
1.4.29 SDU
This section describes self-adapting distribution units (SDUs) and types of cabinets
supported by the SDUs.
1.4.29.1 SDU30-01
A self-adapting distribution unit 30-01 (SDU30-01) converts the voltage (ranging
from -38.4 V DC to -57 V DC) to the voltage (ranging from -57 V DC to -63 V DC).
NOTE
To meet the output evolution requirements, the SDU30-01 supports a maximum output
voltage of -72 V DC.

Exterior
The SDU30-01 can be used in the EPU02S-02. The following figure shows the
exterior of an SDU30-01.
Figure 1-188 Exterior of an SDU30-01
Function
An SDU30-01 performs the following functions:
● Converts the voltage (ranging from -38.4 V DC to -57 V DC) to the voltage
(ranging from -57 V DC to -63 V DC), and supplies the power to RRUs/AAUs.
● Provides power of 1x28 A when it is used in an EPU02S-02.
its power outputs.
Port
The following figure shows the port on an SDU30-01. The following table
describes the port on an SDU30-01.
Figure 1-189 Port on an SDU30-01
Table 1-141 Port on an SDU30-01
Port Silkscreen Protective Device Connector Type

Specifications
RRU/AAU output LOAD0 1x28 A SPC1 connectora

port


Specifications
a: The supported cable cross-sectional area ranges from 4 mm2 to 10 mm2 or

0.006 in.2 to 0.015 in.2. (For details about the supported cable cross-sectional
area when the module is used in specific scenarios, see 3900 & 5900 Series Base
Station Cables. For example, when the module is used to supply power to the
RRU, see "RRU Power Cable.")
Indicator
The following table describes the two indicators on an SDU30-01.

reen g


for 1s)

indicato
alarm.

The following table lists the technical specifications of an SDU30-01.

Table 1-143 Technical specifications of an SDU30-01
Item Specifications
Output power In an EPU02S-02:

● -40 V DC to -57 V DC input: When the output voltage is
-63 V DC, the maximum output power is 1764 Wa.
● -38.4 V DC to -40 V DC input: The maximum output power
is 1500 W.
Power The output current is less than or equal to 28 A.

distribution

specifications
of ports
a: When the output voltage is -72 V DC, the maximum output power is 2000 W.
1.4.29.2 SDU60-02
A self-adapting distribution unit 60-02 (SDU60-02) converts the voltage (ranging
from -38.4 V DC to -57 V DC) to the voltage (ranging from -57 V DC to -63 V DC).
NOTE
To meet the output evolution requirements, the SDU60-02 supports a maximum output
voltage of -72 V DC.
Exterior
The SDU60-02 can be used in an EPU02S/EPU02S-02, OPM200, or EPU05A-06/
EPU05A-07/EPU05A-08/EPU05A-09/EPU05A-11/EPU05A-12. The following figure
shows the exterior of an SDU60-02.
Figure 1-190 Exterior of an SDU60-02

Function
An SDU60-02 performs the following functions:
● Converts the voltage (ranging from -38.4 V DC to -57 V DC) to the voltage
(ranging from -57 V DC to -63 V DC), and supplies the power to RRUs/AAUs.
● Provides power of 2x28 A when it is used in an EPU02S/EPU02S-02, OPM200,
or EPU05A-06/EPU05A-07/EPU05A-08/EPU05A-09/EPU05A-11/EPU05A-12.
its power outputs.
Port
The following figure shows the port on an SDU60-02. The following table
describes the port on an SDU60-02.
Figure 1-191 Port on an SDU60-02
Table 1-144 Port on an SDU60-02

Specifications
RRU/AAU output LOAD0 and 2x28 A SPC1 connectora

port LOAD1
a: The supported cable cross-sectional area ranges from 4 mm2 to 10 mm2 or

0.006 in.2 to 0.015 in.2. (For details about the supported cable cross-sectional
area when the module is used in specific scenarios, see 3900 & 5900 Series Base
Station Cables. For example, when the module is used to supply power to the
RRU, see "RRU Power Cable.")
Indicator
The following table describes the two indicators on an SDU60-02.


reen g


for 1s)

indicato
alarm.

The following table lists the technical specifications of an SDU60-02.
Table 1-146 Technical specifications of an SDU60-02

Item Specifications

Item Specifications
Output power In an EPU02S/EPU02S-02, OPM200, or EPU05A-11/12:

-63 V DC, the maximum output power is 3528 Wa.
is 3000 W.
Used in an EPU05A-06/07/08/09:
-63 V DC, the maximum output power is 3528 Wb.
is 3000 W.
Power Each power output is less than or equal to 28 A, and the total
distribution power output of an SDU is less than or equal to 56 A.

specifications
of ports
a: When the output voltage is -72 V DC, the maximum output power is 4000 W.
b: When the output voltage is -72 V DC, the maximum output power is 3600 W.
1.4.30 SSU (S4875G1)

A solar supply unit (SSU) (S4875G1) converts the DC power of solar cell into –48
V DC power. An SSU can be used in an APM5950H/APM5950H-L.
For details about the SSU (S4875G1), see S4875G1 Solar Supply Unit User
Manual.
1.4.31 Power Distribution Boxes in Battery Cabinets

This section describes the exteriors of and ports on power distribution boxes in
battery cabinets.
1.4.31.1 Power Distribution Box in a BBC5600D

The power distribution box is installed at the top of a BBC5600D. It is used to
control the power supply of lithium batteries and DC power supply of the fan and
CMUH.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a power distribution box in a
BBC5600D.

Figure 1-192 Exterior of a power distribution box
Port
The following table describes the ports on a power distribution box in a
BBC5600D.
Table 1-147 Ports on a power distribution box
No. Silkscreen Meaning Description
(1) PWR Power input port Connecting to an EPU07A or

RTN(+)/ and power cascaded with the PWR port on
NEG(-) cascading port of another lithium battery cabinet;
the cabinet using the one-hole OT terminal
(M8) that supports the cable
with a cross-sectional area of 70
mm2 or 0.11 in.2
(2) ● BAT_SW0 Lithium battery Controlling power supply of the

ON/OFF circuit breakers lithium batteries in a cabinet. A
● BAT_SW1 circuit breaker requires 125 A
ON/OFF current.
● BAT_SW2
ON/OFF
● BAT_SW3
ON/OFF
(3) OUTPUT -48 V power Connecting to an EPC11

output port connector, requiring fuses of 30
A current, and cascaded with
the INPUT port on the power
distribution box in another
lithium battery cabinet
(4) INPUT -48 V power input Connecting to an EPC11

port connector, requiring fuses of 30
A current, and connecting to an
EPU07A or cascaded with the
OUTPUT port on the upper-level

Cable
The following figure shows the input and output power cables for a power
distribution box in a BBC5600D.
Figure 1-193 Cables for a power distribution box
(1) BAT2_NEG(-) cable (2) BAT3_NEG(-) cable (3) BAT2_RTN(+) cable (4) BAT3_RTN(+) cable
(5)(6) Activation cable (7) CMUH power cable (8) BAT0_RTN(+) cable (9) BAT1_RTN(+) cable
for the lithium battery
(10) BAT0_NEG(-) (11) BAT1_NEG(-) - -

cable cable
1.4.31.2 Power Distribution Box in a BBC5600D-V

The power distribution box is installed at the top of a BBC5600D-V. It is used to
control the power supply of batteries and DC power supply of the fan and CMUH.
Exterior
BBC5600D-V.

Port
BBC5600D-V.


NEG(-) cascading port of another lead-acid battery
the cabinet cabinet; using the one-hole OT
terminal (M8) that supports the
cable with a cross-sectional
area of 70 mm2 or 0.11 in.2
(2) ● BAT_UPPER Battery circuit Controlling power supply of the

● BAT_LOWE breakers batteries in a cabinet. A circuit
R breaker requires 300 A current.

distribution box in another lead-
acid battery cabinet

lead-acid battery cabinet
Cable
distribution box in a BBC5600D-V.

(1) BAT_Lower(-) cable (2) BAT_Lower(+) cable (3) CMUH power cable
(4) BAT_Upper(+) cable (5) BAT_Upper(-) cable -
1.4.31.3 Power Distribution Box in a BBC5600A

The power distribution box is installed at the top of a BBC5600A. It is used to
control the power supply of lithium batteries, air conditioner, activation cable for
the lithium batteries, and DC power supply of the CMUH in the cabinet.
Exterior
BBC5600A.
Port
BBC5600A.



mm2 or 0.11 in.2

ON/OFF current.
● BAT_SW2
ON/OFF
● BAT_SW3
ON/OFF


Cable
The following figure shows the input and output cables for a power distribution
box in a BBC5600A.

(1) BAT2_NEG(-) cable (2) BAT3_NEG(-) cable (3) BAT2_RTN(+) cable (4) BAT3_RTN(+) cable
(5)(6) Activation cable (7) CMUH power cable (8) PC300D-1 power (9) BAT0_RTN(+) cable
for the lithium battery cable
(10) BAT1_RTN(+) (11) BAT0_NEG(-) (12) BAT1_NEG(-) -

cable cable cable
1.4.31.4 Power Distribution Box in a BBC5600A-V

The power distribution box is installed at the top of a BBC5600A-V. It is used to
control the power supply of batteries and DC power supply of the air conditioner
and CMUH.
Exterior
BBC5600A-V.
Port
BBC5600A-V.


NEG(-) cascading port of another lead-acid battery
the cabinet cabinet; using the one-hole OT
terminal (M8) that supports the
cable with a cross-sectional
area of 70 mm2 or 0.11 in.2
(2) ● BAT_UPPER Battery circuit Controlling power supply of the

● BAT_LOWE breakers batteries in a cabinet. A circuit
R breaker requires 300 A current.

distribution box in another lead-
acid battery cabinet

lead-acid battery cabinet
Cable
box in a BBC5600A-V.
(1) BAT_Lower(-) cable (2) BAT_Lower(+) cable (3) CMUH power cable
(4) PC300D-1 power cable (5) BAT_Upper(+) cable (6) BAT_Upper(-) cable

1.4.31.5 Power Distribution Box in a BBC5200D-L

The power distribution box is installed at the top of a BBC5200D-L. It is used to
control the power supply of lithium batteries and DC power supply of the fan and
CMUH.
Exterior
BBC5200D-L or a lithium battery cabinet reconstructed from an IBBS Ver.E cabinet.
Figure 1-200 Exterior of a power distribution box (1)
The following figure shows the exterior of a power distribution box in a lithium
battery cabinet reconstructed from an IBBS200D (Ver.C)/IBBS200D (Ver.D).
Figure 1-201 Exterior of a power distribution box (2)
Port
BBC5200D-L or a lithium battery cabinet reconstructed from an IBBS Ver.E cabinet.

Table 1-151 Ports on a power distribution box in a BBC5200D-L or a lithium

battery cabinet reconstructed from an IBBS Ver.E cabinet

mm2 or 0.11 in.2

ON/OFF current.
● BAT_SW2
ON/OFF
● BAT_SW3
ON/OFF
(3) OUTPUT -48 V power Connecting to an SPC1

(4) INPUT -48 V power input Connecting to an SPC1

The following table describes the ports on a power distribution box in a lithium
battery cabinet reconstructed from an IBBS200D (Ver.C)/IBBS200D (Ver.D).
Table 1-152 Ports on a power distribution box in a lithium battery cabinet

reconstructed from an IBBS200D (Ver.C)/IBBS200D (Ver.D)
(1) BAT Power input port One-hole OT terminal (M8)

for the cabinet supporting the cable with a
cross-sectional area of 50 mm2
(0.078 in.2)

(2) ● BAT_SW0 Lithium battery Controlling power supply of a

● BAT_SW1 circuit breakers single lithium battery in a
cabinet. A circuit breaker
● BAT_SW2 requires 125 A current.
● BAT_SW3


Cable
box in a BBC5200D-L or a lithium battery cabinet reconstructed from an IBBS200D
(Ver.E).
Figure 1-202 Cables for a power distribution box in a BBC5200D-L or a lithium

battery cabinet reconstructed from an IBBS200D (Ver.E)
(1) BAT2_RTN(+) cable (2) BAT3_RTN(+) cable (3) BAT2_NEG(-) cable (4) BAT3_NEG(-) cable
(5)(6) Lithium battery (7) CMUH power cable (8) BAT1_NEG(-) cable (9) BAT0_NEG(-) cable
activation cable
(10) BAT1_RTN(+) (11) BAT0_RTN(+) - -

cable cable

box in a lithium battery cabinet reconstructed from an IBBS200D (Ver.C)/IBBS200D
(Ver.D).
Figure 1-203 Cables for a power distribution box in a lithium battery cabinet
reconstructed from an IBBS200D (Ver.C)/IBBS200D (Ver.D)
(1)(3)(5)(7) BAT_NEG(-) cable (2)(4)(6)(8) BAT_RTN(+) cable
(9) Power cable for the monitoring box on the (10)(11) Lithium battery activation cable
front door
1.4.31.6 Power Distribution Boxes in a BBC5200D or BBC5200T

Two power distribution boxes are installed on the inner upper right wall and top
of a BBC5200D or BBC5200T, controlling power supply of two storage battery
packs and DC power supply to the FAN or TEC.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a power distribution box in a BBC5200D
or BBC5200T.

Port
The following table describes the ports, terminals, or circuit breakers on a power
distribution box.
Table 1-153 Ports, terminals, or circuit breakers on a power distribution box

(1) ● BAT_U Storage battery Controlling power supply of the

PPER circuit breakers storage batteries in a cabinet. A
ON/OF circuit breaker requires 250 A
F current.
● BAT_LO
WER
ON/OF
F
(2) FAN/TEC FAN/TEC power Connecting to an SPC1 connector

OUTPUT output terminal and requiring fuses of 30 A current
(3) FAN/TEC FAN/TEC power Connecting to an SPC1 connector

INPUT input terminal and requiring fuses of 30 A current
(4)(5) BAT Power input One-hole OT terminal (M8)

terminals for supporting the cable with a cross-
storage batteries sectional area of 70 mm2 (0.11 in.
2)
Cable
distribution box.

(1) Transfer cable for a (2) NEG(-) cable for (3) NEG(-) cable for
power distribution box upper storage batteries lower storage batteries
(4) RTN(+) cable for (5) RTN(+) cable for -

lower storage batteries upper storage batteries
1.4.31.7 Power Distribution Box in an IBBS200D (Ver.C) or IBBS200T (Ver.C)

A power distribution box is installed on the inner upper right wall of an IBBS200D
(Ver.C) or IBBS200T (Ver.C), transferring and distributing power to the FAN or TEC
and two battery packs in the IBBS200D (Ver.C) or IBBS200T (Ver.C)
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a power distribution box.

Port
distribution box.
(1) BAT Power input It supports a one-hole OT terminal (M8)

terminals for installed on a cable with a cross-
storage sectional area of 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2).
batteries
(2) FAN/TEC FAN/TEC It supports a one-hole OT terminal

power input (M4).
terminal
(3) BAT_SW0 Circuit breaker It controls power supply to the upper

for upper storage batteries in the cabinet. The
storage circuit breaker requires 160 A current.
batteries
(4) BAT_SW1 Circuit breaker It controls power supply to the lower

for lower storage batteries in the cabinet. The
storage circuit breaker requires 160 A current.
batteries
(5) FAN/TEC_SW Circuit breaker The circuit breaker requires 15 A current.

for the
FAN/TEC
power input
terminal

(6) FAN/TEC FAN/TEC It supports a one-hole OT terminal

power input (M4).
terminal
(7) BAT Power input It supports a one-hole OT terminal (M8)

terminals for installed on a cable with a cross-
storage sectional area of 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2).
batteries
NOTE
A power distribution box provides two groups of power input terminals for the storage
batteries labeled 1 and 7 and two groups of FAN/TEC power input terminals labeled 2 and
6. Ports to be connected depend on configuration scenarios.
● When an APM30H is stacked with an IBBS200D or IBBS200T, input power cables for the
storage batteries and FAN or TEC are connected to the upper part of the power
distribution box.
● When an APM30H and an IBBS200D or IBBS200T are installed side by side, input power
cables for the storage batteries and FAN or TEC are connected to the lower part of the
power distribution box.
Cable
distribution box.
(1) RTN(+) cable for upper (2) Power transfer cable for (3) -48 V cable for lower
storage batteries the TEC or FAN storage batteries

(4) -48 V cable for upper (5) RTN(+) cable for lower -
storage batteries storage batteries
1.4.31.8 Power Distribution Box in an IBBS200D (Ver.D) or IBBS200T (Ver.D)

A power distribution box is installed on the inner upper right wall of an IBBS200D
(Ver.D) or IBBS200T (Ver.D), transferring and distributing power to the FAN or TEC
and two storage battery packs in the IBBS200D (Ver.D) or IBBS200T (Ver.D).
Exterior
Port
distribution box.
(1) BAT Power input One-hole OT terminal (M8) supporting

terminals for the cable with a cross-sectional area of
storage 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2)
batteries
(2) BAT_SW0 Circuit breaker Controlling power supply of the upper

for upper storage batteries in a cabinet. A circuit
storage breaker requires 250 A current.
batteries
(3) FAN/ Power output Connecting to an EPC4 connector and

TEC_OUTPU port for a FAN requiring fuses of 30 A current
T or TEC

(4) BAT_SW1 Circuit breaker Controlling power supply of the lower

for lower storage batteries in a cabinet. A circuit
storage breaker requires 250 A current.
batteries

terminals for the cable with a cross-sectional area of
batteries
(6) FAN/ FAN/TEC Connecting to an EPC4 connector and

TEC_INPUT power input requiring fuses of 30 A current
terminal
Cable
distribution box.
(1) RTN(+) cable for upper (2) Power transfer cable for (3) NEG(-) cable for lower
storage batteries the TEC or FAN storage batteries
(4) NEG(-) cable for upper (5) RTN(+) cable for lower -

1.4.31.9 Power Distribution Boxes in an IBBS200D (Ver.E) or IBBS200T (Ver.E)

Two power distribution boxes are installed on the inner upper right wall and top
of an IBBS200D (Ver.E) or IBBS200T (Ver.E), controlling power supply of two
storage battery packs and DC power supply to the FAN or TEC.
Exterior
Port
distribution box.
(1) BAT ON/OFF Storage Controlling power supply of the storage

battery circuit batteries in a cabinet. A circuit breaker
breakers requires 250 A current.
(2) FAN/TEC Power output Connecting to an EPC4 connector and

OUTPUT port for a FAN requiring fuses of 30 A current
or TEC
(3) FAN/TEC FAN/TEC Connecting to an EPC4 connector and

INPUT power input requiring fuses of 30 A current
terminal

(5) terminals for the cable with a cross-sectional area of
batteries

Cable
distribution box.
(1) Transfer cable for a power (2) RTN(+) cable for upper (3) RTN(+) cable for lower
distribution box storage batteries storage batteries
(4) NEG(-) cable for lower (5) NEG(-) cable for upper -
1.4.31.10 Power Distribution Box in an IBBS700D or IBBS700T

The power distribution box of an IBBS700D or IBBS700T is in the middle of the
cabinet. It controls the DC output, and the DC power supply to the CCU, FAN, or
TEC.
Exterior

Port
distribution box.
(1) BAT(-) Negative One-hole OT terminal (M8) supporting

power input the cable with a cross-sectional area of
terminal for 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2)
storage
batteries
(2) NEG(-) Negative One-hole OT terminal (M8) supporting

power input the cable with a cross-sectional area of
terminal for 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2)
the power
distribution
box
(3) - Fuse box It provides overcurrent protection for the

cabinet.
(4) DC INPUT Power input EPC4 connector

port for the
temperature
control system
(5) DC OUTPUT - EPC4 connector, reserved
(6) RTN(+) Positive power One-hole OT terminal (M8) supporting

input terminal the cable with a cross-sectional area of
for the power 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2)
distribution
box

(7) BAT(+) Positive power One-hole OT terminal (M8) supporting

input terminal the cable with a cross-sectional area of
for storage 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2)
batteries
(8) CCU Power input EPC4 connector

port for the
CCU
(9) - Switch It controls the power supply to the CCU

and FAN or TEC.
(10) FAN/TEC FAN/TEC EPC4 connector

power input
terminal
Cable
distribution box.
(1) NEG(-) cable for (2) NEG(-) cable for (3) NEG(-) cable for (4) NEG(-) cable for
the first layer of upper the second layer of the first layer of lower the second layer of
storage batteries upper storage batteries storage batteries lower storage batteries
(5) RTN(+) cable for (6) RTN(+) cable for (7) RTN(+) cable for (8) RTN(+) cable for
the second layer of the first layer of lower the second layer of the first layer of upper
lower storage batteries storage batteries upper storage batteries storage batteries

1.4.31.11 Power Distribution Box in an IBBS20D

The power distribution box in an IBBS20D is located in the lower right part of the
cabinet, which is used to control DC power to the storage batteries, CMUG, and
FAN in the cabinet.
Exterior
Port
distribution box.
(1) NEG(-) Negative Two terminals, each using a one-hole

input terminal OT (M6) terminal and connecting to a
10 mm2 (0.016 in.2) power cable
RTN(+) Positive input Two terminals, each using a one-hole

terminal OT (M6) terminal and connecting to a
10 mm2 (0.016 in.2) power cable
(2) - Switch Controls the DC input power (80 A) to

the battery cabinet

1.4.32 Distributed Power System

The distributed power system consists of power modules and lithium batteries. It
is efficient, small, light-weight, easy to install, and maintenance free. It is an
outdoor/indoor wall-mounted power supply solution designed for wireless base
stations, supporting online capacity expansion. The OPM series power modules
convert AC or high-voltage DC power into stable DC power. The IBBS series
lithium battery provides backup power for communications equipment.
For details about the OPM15M/OPM50M/OPM200, see OPM15M User Guide/
OPM15M(Ver.B) User Guide/OPM50M User Guide/OPM50M(Ver.B) User Guide/
OPM200 User Guide.
For details about OPM30 and OPM40 series power modules and IBBS series
lithium batteries, see the DPS Blade product documentation.
1.4.33 Junction Box

When a heater or a heating film is configured, a junction box provides power for
the heater or the heating film. A junction box can be used in an APM5950H/
APM5900H/APM5950H-L/APM5900H-L/APM5930/BTS3900AL/APM30H/TMC11H/
IBBS300D/BBC5300D/BBC5600D/BBC5600D-V/BBC5600A/BBC5600A-V/IBBS700D/
IBBS700T.
Exterior
The junction box in an APM5950H/APM5900H/APM5950H-L/APM5900H-L/
APM5930/APM30H/TMC11H/IBBS300D/BBC5300D/BBC5600D/BBC5600D-V/
BBC5600A/BBC5600A-V/IBBS700D/IBBS700T is located on the inner left wall of the
cabinet. The junction box in a BTS3900AL cabinet is located on the inner right wall
of the cabinet. The following figure uses an APM30H as an example.
Figure 1-215 Exterior of a junction box

Function
A junction box in a cabinet performs the following functions:
● The junction box in a BTS3900AL cabinet obtains power from the PDU05A-01.
The obtained power is divided into four AC power outputs, which are then
supplied to the heater in the cabinet.
● The junction box in an APM5950H/APM5950H-L/APM5930/APM30H obtains
power from the EPU subrack. The obtained power is divided into four AC
power outputs, which are then supplied to the heater or heating film in the
cabinet.
● The junction box in an APM5900H/APM5900H-L/APM5930(DC)/TMC11H
obtains power from the junction box in an AC power cabinet. The obtained
power is divided into four AC power outputs, which are then supplied to the
heater or SOU in the cabinet.
● The junction box in an IBBS300D/BBC5300D/BBC5600D/BBC5600D-V/
BBC5600A/BBC5600A-V/IBBS700D/IBBS700T obtains power from the junction
box in the basic cabinet, including the APM30H/APM5930/APM5950H/
APM5950H-L/BTS3900AL/TP48600A-H17B1. The obtained power is divided
into four AC power outputs, which are then supplied to the heater in the
cabinet.
Structure
The following figure shows the structure of a junction box in an APM5930,
APM30H series cabinet, IBBS series cabinet, BTS3900AL, or BBC5300D.
Figure 1-216 Structure of a junction box (1)
(1) Four AC output L wiring (2) Four AC output N wiring (3) Four AC output PE wiring
terminals terminals terminals

(4) Cable outlets (5) AC input N wiring terminal (6) AC input L wiring terminal
The following figure shows the exterior of a junction box in an APM5950H/

APM5900H/APM5950H-L/APM5900H-L/BBC5600D/BBC5600D-V.
(1) Four AC output L wiring (2)(8) Two AC input L wiring (3)(7) Two AC input N wiring
terminals terminals terminals
(4) Cable outlets (5) AC input and output PE (6) Four AC output N wiring
wiring terminals terminals
The following figure shows the exterior of the junction box in a BBC5600A/
BBC5600A-V.

(1) Two AC output L (2) One AC input L wiring (3) One AC input N
wiring terminals terminal wiring terminal
(4) Cable outlets (5) AC input and output (6) Two AC output N
PE wiring terminals wiring terminals
Requirements for the Upper-Level Circuit Breaker

The AC junction box is preferentially connected to the EPU subrack in an APM
series power cabinet or to the AC junction box in another Huawei power cabinet
or battery cabinet at the same site. If the power is obtained from a third-party AC
circuit breaker, it is recommended that the specifications of the upper-level circuit
breaker be 1x16 A.
1.4.34 Battery
Batteries store power. Lead-acid batteries can be installed in an IBBS200D/
IBBS200T/IBBS300D/IBBS300T/BBC5200D/BBC5200T/BBC5300D/BBC5300T/
BBC5600D-V/BBC5600A-V/IBBS20D/IBBS700D/IBBS700T/BTS3900AL (Ver.A)/
IMS06. Lithium batteries can be installed in a BBC5200D-L/BBC5600D/BBC5600A.
Exterior
NOTICE
When batteries are not provided by Huawei, ask Huawei technical personnel to
assess model compatibility.

Batteries from different manufacturers differ in exteriors and technical

specifications. The following figure uses 12 V 100 Ah, 12 V 150 Ah, 12 V 190 Ah,
and 12 V 20 Ah lead-acid batteries as examples.
Figure 1-219 Lead-acid batteries
The following figure shows the exterior of the lithium battery ESM-48100B1.
Figure 1-220 Exterior of an ESM-48100B1 battery
The following figure shows the exterior of the lithium battery ESM-48150B1.
Figure 1-221 Exterior of an ESM-48150B1 battery
The following figure shows the exterior of the lithium battery ESM-48100U2.

Figure 1-222 Exterior of a lithium battery
Configuration
Each lead-acid battery pack consists of four batteries. The following table lists the
battery configurations in different cabinets. The configurations are achieved by
combining different battery packs.
Table 1-159 Lead-acid battery configurations
Cabinet Type Battery Battery Pack Specifications

Type
● IBBS200D (Ver.C) or 12 V, 100 ● One battery pack (48 V, 100 Ah)

IBBS200T (Ver.C) Ah ● Two battery packs connected in
● IBBS200D (Ver.D) or parallel (48 V, 200 Ah)
IBBS200T (Ver.D)
● IBBS200D (Ver.E) or
IBBS200T (Ver.E)
● BBC5200D or BBC5200T
● BBC5600D-V
● BBC5600A-V
● BBC5600D-V 12 V 190 ● One battery pack (48 V, 190 Ah)

● BBC5600A-V Ah ● Two battery packs connected in
parallel (48 V, 380 Ah)
● IBBS300D or IBBS300T 12 V, 150 ● One battery pack (48 V, 150 Ah)

● BBC5300D or BBC5300T Ah ● Two battery packs connected in
● BBC5600D-V parallel (48 V, 300 Ah)
● BBC5600A-V
IBBS20D 12 V, 20 Ah ● A single cabinet supports one

battery pack. (48 V, 20 Ah)
● Two cabinets support two battery
packs connected in parallel. (48
V, 40 Ah)
IBBS700D or IBBS700T 12 V, 150 ● One battery pack (48 V, 150 Ah)

Ah ● Four battery packs connected in
parallel (48 V, 600 Ah)
● BTS3900AL (Ver.A) 12 V, 100 One battery pack (48 V, 100 Ah)

● IMS06 Ah

The following table lists the lithium battery configurations.
Table 1-160 Lithium battery configurations

Cabinet Battery Battery Battery Cabinet Specifications
Type Name Type
● BBC5600 ESM-48150B 48 V, 150 One battery cabinet (48 V, 600

D 1 Ah Ah)
● BBC5600
A
● BBC5600 ● ESM-4810 48 V, 100 One battery cabinet (48 V, 400

D 0B1 Ah Ah)
● BBC5600 ● ESM-4810
A 0U2
BBC5200D-L ESM-48100B 48 V, 100 One battery cabinet (48 V, 400

1 Ah Ah)
The following table lists the technical specifications of lead-acid batteries.
Table 1-161 Technical specifications of lead-acid batteries

Battery Type Dimensions (H x W x Weight
D)
12 V, 100 Ah ● 290 mm x 110 mm x ≤ 34 kg (74.97 lb)

398 mm (11.42 in. x
4.33 in. x 15.67 in.)
● 287 mm x 105 mm x
390 mm (11.30 in. x
4.13 in. x 15.35 in.)

Battery Type Dimensions (H x W x Weight

D)
12 V, 150 Ah ● In an IBBS300D/ ● In an IBBS300D/

IBBS300T/BBC5300D/ IBBS300T/BBC5300D/
BBC5300T: 310 mm x BBC5300T/IBBS700D/
125 mm x 561 mm IBBS700T: ≤ 60 kg
(12.20 in. x 4.92 in. x (132.28 lb)
22.09 in.) ● In a BBC5600D-V/
● In an IBBS700D/ BBC5600A-V: ≤ 46 kg
IBBS700T: 310 mm x (101.43 lb)
125 mm x 528 mm
(12.20 in. x 4.92 in. x
22.79 in.)
● In a BBC5600D-V/
BBC5600A-V: 310 mm
x 110 mm x 550 mm
(12.20 in. x 4.33 in. x
21.65 in.)/283 mm x
125 mm x 559 mm
(11.14 in. x 4.92 in. x
22.01 in.)
12 V 190 Ah 315 mm x 125 mm x 559 ≤ 56.5 kg (124.58 lb)

mm (12.40 in. x 9.42 in.
x 22.01 in.)
12 V, 20 Ah 167 mm x 76 mm x 181 ≤ 6.35 kg (14.00 lb)

mm (6.58 in. x 2.99 in. x
7.13 in.)
The following table lists the technical specifications of lithium batteries.
Table 1-162 Technical specifications of lithium batteries

Battery Name Dimensions (H x W x Weight
D)
ESM-48150B1 130 mm x 442 mm x 560 ≤ 64 kg (141.12 lb)

mm (5.12 in. x 17.40 in.
x 22.05 in.)
ESM-48100B1 130 mm x 442 mm x 396 ≤ 43 kg (94.82 lb)

mm (5.12 in. x 17.40 in.
x 15.59 in.)
ESM48100U2 130 mm x 442 mm x 396 ≤ 43 kg (94.82 lb)

mm (5.12 in. x 17.40 in.
x 15.59 in.)

1.5 Monitoring Devices

This section describes monitoring devices and types of cabinets supported by the
monitoring devices. For specific monitoring schemes in base stations, see
Monitoring Management.
1.5.1 CMUE
A central monitoring unit type E (CMUE) mainly monitors the temperature in a
cabinet as well as the temperature of the fan and heater in the cabinet. A CMUE
can be installed in an APM30H (Ver.C), RFC (Ver.C), TMC11H (Ver.C), IBBS200D
(Ver.C), or IBBS200T (Ver.C).
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a CMUE.
Figure 1-223 Exterior of a CMUE
Port
The following figure shows the ports on a CMUE.
Figure 1-224 Ports on a CMUE
The following table describes the ports on a CMUE.

Table 1-163 Ports on a CMUE

No Port Description
.
(1) TEMP2 Reserved for connecting to a temperature sensor
(2) WATER Reserved for connecting to a water sensor
(3) IFAN4 Reserved for connecting to the inner air circulation fan in a
cabinet
cabinet
(5) ● In an ● In an RFC or IBBS200D: connected to the left fan in the fan

RFC or assembly or fan mounting frame
IBBS20 ● In an IBBS200T: connected to the outer air circulation fan
0D: in the TEC to receive fan alarms from the IBBS200T
IFAN2
● In an
IBBS20
0T:
FAN_EX
T
(6) ● In an ● In an APM30H or TMC11H: connected to the fan in the fan

APM30 assembly
H, ● In an RFC or IBBS200D: connected to the right fan in the
TMC11 fan assembly or fan mounting frame
H, RFC,
or ● In an IBBS200T: connected to the inner air circulation fan
IBBS20 in the TEC to receive fan alarms from the IBBS200T
0D:
IFAN1
● In an
IBBS20
0T:
FAN_IN
T
(7) TEC Connected to a TEC to receive TEC alarms
(8) ● In an ● In an RFC: connected to the temperature sensor at the air

RFC: intake vent of the RFC to receive RFC temperature alarms
TEM ● In an IBBS200D or IBBS200T: connected to the storage
● In an battery temperature sensor in the IBBS200D or IBBS200T
IBBS20 to receive storage battery temperature alarms
0D or
IBBS20
0T:
TEM_B
AT

No Port Description
.
(9) COM_OUT RS485 signal port connected to a lower-level cascading port

to receive monitoring information
● In an APM30H: connected to the PMU
● In an RFC, TMC11H, IBBS200D, or IBBS200T: connected to
the lower-level CMUE
(1 COM_IN RS485 signal port connected to an upper-level cascading port

0) to report monitoring information
● In an APM30H: connected to the BBU
● In an RFC or TMC11H: connected to the BBU or upper-
level CMUE
● In an IBBS200D or IBBS200T: connected to the PMU or
upper-level CMUE
(1 RUN Indicating the running status of a fan

1) indicator
(1 ALM Indicating fan alarm status

2) indicator
(1 ELU Connected to an ELU to report the cabinet type

3)
(1 GATE Boolean signal port connected to a door status sensor

4)
(1 IN0, IN1, Boolean signal ports

5) and IN2 ● In an APM30H, RFC, or TMC11H: reserved
● In an IBBS200D or IBBS200T: connected to a BAU02D if
the BAU02D is configured
(1 SMOKE Boolean signal port connected to a smoke sensor

6)
(1 FAN_EXT Connected to the outer air circulation fan in a cabinet

7)
an
d
(1
8)
(1 PWR DC power input port for the board

9)
Indicator
The two indicators on a CMUE panel indicate the status of the CMUE. The
following table describes their meanings.

Table 1-164 Indicators on a CMUE panel

Silkscr Color Status Meaning
een
RUN Green Blinking (on for 1s The board is functional and

and off for 1s) communicating with the upper-level
device properly.
Blinking (on for The board is functional but fails to

0.125s and off for communicate with the upper-level
0.125s) device or the board is not registered.
Steady on The board is in the power-on self-

check state.
Steady off The board is faulty.
ALM Red Steady off No alarm is generated.
Steady on An alarm is generated, and the board

needs to be replaced.
Blinking (on for 1s An alarm is generated, and the alarm

and off for 1s) may be caused by the fault of an
associated board or port. Therefore,
you need to locate the fault before
determining whether to replace the
board.
DIP Switch
On a CMUE, there is a DIP switch J18, which is used to set the working mode of
the CMUE based on the cabinet type. The following figure shows the position of
the DIP switch on a CMUE.
Figure 1-225 Position of the DIP switch on a CMUE
The following figure shows the DIP switch settings on CMUEs in different cabinets.

Figure 1-226 DIP switch settings on CMUEs in different cabinets
NOTE
In Figure 1-226, the small red box indicates that the two bits are connected to a jumper cap.
1.5.2 CMUEA
A central monitoring unit type EA (CMUEA) mainly monitors the temperature in a
cabinet as well as the temperature of the fan module and heater in the cabinet. A
CMUEA can be used in any of the following cabinets: APM30H (Ver.D), APM30H
(Ver.D_B), APM30H (Ver.D_A2), APM30 (Ver.D_A1), RFC (Ver.D), RFC (Ver.D_B),
RFC (Ver.D_A), TMC11H (Ver.D), TMC11H (Ver.D_B), TMC11H (Ver.D_A2), TMC11H
(Ver.D_A1), IBBS200D (Ver.D), IBBS200T (Ver.D), and IBBS700D.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a CMUEA.
Figure 1-227 Exterior of a CMUEA
Port
The following figure shows the ports on a CMUEA.

Figure 1-228 Ports on a CMUEA
The following table describes the ports on a CMUEA.
Table 1-165 Ports on a CMUEA

No Silkscreen Description
.
cabinet to receive alarm signals from the inner air circulation
(4) IFAN3 fan
(5) ● In an ● In an RFC: connected to the left fan in the fan assembly

RFC: ● In an IBBS200T: connected to the outer air circulation fan
IFAN2 in the TEC to receive fan alarms
● In an
IBBS20
0T:
FAN_EX
T

.
(6) ● In an ● In an APM30H or TMC11H: connected to the fan in the fan

APM30 assembly
H, ● In an RFC: connected to the right fan in a fan assembly
TMC11
H, or ● In an IBBS200D or IBBS200T: connected to the inner air
RFC: circulation fan in the cabinet or TEC to receive fan alarms
IFAN1
● In an
IBBS20
0D or
IBBS20
0T:
FAN_IN
T
(7) TEC Connected to a TEC to receive TEC alarms
(8) ● In an ● In an RFC: connected to the temperature sensor at the air

RFC: intake vent of the RFC to receive RFC temperature alarms
TEM ● In an IBBS200D or IBBS200T: connected to the storage
● In an battery temperature sensor to receive storage battery
IBBS20 temperature alarms
0D or
IBBS20
0T:
TEM_B
AT
(9) COM_OUT RS485 signal port for communicating with a lower-level

cascading port to receive monitoring information
● In an APM30H: connected to the PMU
● In a TMC11H, RFC, IBBS200D, IBBS200T, or IBBS700D:
connected to the lower-level CMUEA
(1 COM_IN RS485 signal port connected to an upper-level cascading port

0) to report monitoring information
● In an APM30H: connected to the BBU
● In a TMC11H or RFC: connected to the BBU or upper-level
CMUEA
● In an IBBS200D, IBBS200T, or IBBS700D: connected to the
PMU or upper-level CMUEA
(1 ELU Connected to an ELU to report the cabinet type

1)
(1 GATE Boolean signal port connected to a door status sensor

2)

.
(1 IN0, IN1, Boolean signal ports

3) and IN2 ● In an APM30H, RFC, or TMC11H: reserved
● In an IBBS200D or IBBS200T: connected to the surge
protection alarm cable for the BAU02D or ODM06D
● In an IBBS700D: The IN0 port connects to the heater, and
the IN1 and IN2 ports are reserved.
(1 SMOKE Boolean signal port

4) ● In an APM30H, RFC, TMC11H, IBBS200D, or IBBS200T:
connected to the smoke sensor
● In an IBBS700D: This port is not provided.
(1 FAN_EXT Reserved for connecting to the outer air circulation fan in a

5) cabinet to receive outer air circulation fan alarms
an
d
(1
6)
(1 PWR DC power input port for the board

7)
Indicator
The two indicators on a CMUEA panel indicate the status of the CMUEA. The
Table 1-166 Indicators on the CMUEA panel

een

device properly.


check state.
Steady off There is no power supply, or the board

is faulty.


een


board.
DIP Switch
On the CMUEA, there is a DIP switch J18, which is used to set the working mode
of the CMUEA according to the cabinet type. The following figure shows the
position of the DIP switch on a CMUEA.
Figure 1-229 Position of the DIP switch on a CMUEA
(1) DIP switch
The following figure shows the DIP switch settings on CMUEAs in different
cabinets.

Figure 1-230 DIP switch settings on CMUEAs in different cabinets
1.5.3 CMUG
The central monitoring unit type G (CMUG) controls temperature, detects power
distribution, and reports alarms. A CMUG can be used in an IBBS20D.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a CMUG.
Figure 1-231 Exterior of a CMUG
Port
The following figure shows the ports on a CMUG.

Figure 1-232 Ports on a CMUG
The following table describes the ports on a CMUG.
Table 1-167 Ports on the CMUG

.
(1) ELU Connected to an ELU to report the cabinet type
(2) ELU_GATE Boolean signal port, reserved
(3) COM_IN RS485 signal port for communicating with an upper-level

cascading port to report monitoring information
In an IBBS20D: connected to the PMU or upper-level CMUG
(4) COM_OUT RS485 signal port for communicating with a lower-level

cascading port to receive monitoring information
In an IBBS20D: connected to a lower-level CMUG
(5) GATE Boolean signal port connected to a door status sensor
(6) FAN Connected to the fan in the cabinet to receive fan alarms
(7) MON Monitoring signal port, used for detecting the voltage,
current, and circuit breaker status of the storage batteries and
controlling the power-off of storage batteries.
(8) HEATER Connects to the heating film to heat the IBBS20D.
(9) PWR DC power input port for the board
Indicator
The following table describes the two status indicators on the CMUG panel.

Table 1-168 Indicators on the CMUG panel

een

device properly.


check state.

is faulty.


board.
1.5.4 CMUH
A central monitoring unit type H (CMUH) is a centralized monitoring unit. It
mainly monitors the fan module, air conditioner, heater, and cabinet temperature,
as well as lower-level devices. A CMUH can be installed in a BBC5200D/
APM5900H-L/BBC5200T/BBC5300D/BBC5300T/BBC5600D/BBC5600D-V/
BBC5600A/BBC5600A-V/BBC5200D-L/RFC (Ver.E)/RFC5906/IBBS200D (Ver.E)/
IBBS200T (Ver.E).
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a CMUH.
Figure 1-233 Exterior of a CMUH

Port
The following figure shows the ports on a CMUH.
Figure 1-234 Ports on a CMUH
The following table describes the ports on a CMUH.
Table 1-169 Ports on a CMUH

No. Silkscreen Description
(3) IFAN4 Reserved for connecting to the inner air circulation

fan in a cabinet to receive alarm signals from the
(4) IFAN3 inner air circulation fan
(5) FAN2 (in an In an RFC5906/BBC5200D-L: connected to the fan in

RFC5906/ a cabinet to receive fan alarm signals
BBC5200D-L)
(6) ● IFAN1 (in an ● In an RFC: connected to the left fan in a fan

RFC) assembly
● FAN_EXT (in a ● In a BBC5200T/IBBS200T/BBC5300T: connected
BBC5200T/ to the outer air circulation fan in a TEC to receive
IBBS200T) fan alarm signals
● FAN1 (in an ● In an RFC5906/BBC5200D-L/BBC5600D/
RFC5906/ BBC5600D-V: connected to the fan in a cabinet
BBC5200D-L/ to receive fan alarm signals
BBC5600D/
BBC5600D-V)

(7) ● IFAN0 (in an ● In an RFC: connected to the right fan in a fan

RFC) assembly
● FAN_INT (in a ● In a BBC5200T/IBBS200D/IBBS200T/BBC5300D/
BBC5200T/ BBC5300T: connected to the inner air circulation
IBBS200T) fan in a cabinet or TEC to receive fan alarm
● FAN0 (in an signals
RFC5906/ ● In an RFC5906/BBC5200D-L/BBC5600D/
BBC5200D-L/ BBC5600D-V: connected to the fan in a cabinet
BBC5600D/ to receive fan alarm signals
BBC5600D-V)
(8) TEC Connected to the TEC in a BBC5200T/IBBS200T/

BBC5300T to receive TEC alarm signals
(9) ● TEM (in an ● In an RFC: connected to the temperature sensor

RFC) at the air intake vent of the RFC to receive RFC
● TEM_BAT (in a temperature alarm signals
BBC5200D/ ● In a BBC5200D/BBC5200T/IBBS200D/IBBS200T/
BBC5200T/ BBC5300D/BBC5300T/BBC5200D-L/BBC5600D/
IBBS200D/ BBC5600D-V/BBC5600A/BBC5600A-V: connected
IBBS200T/ to a battery temperature sensor to receive
BBC5300D/ battery temperature alarm signals
BBC5300T/
BBC5200D-L)
● TEM (in a
BBC5600D/
BBC5600D-V/
BBC5600A/
BBC5600A-V)
(10) D_COM0 Downlink communication port supporting RS485

communication and used for managing
● In a BBC5600A/BBC5600A-V: used to manage the
air conditioner

Connected to the wireless interface unit type A
(WIUA) that is optionally configured
(12) COM_OUT RS485 signal port for communicating with a lower-

level cascading port to receive monitoring
information
In a BBC5200D/RFC/BBC5200T/IBBS200D/IBBS200T/
BBC5300D/BBC5300T/BBC5200D-L/BBC5600D/
BBC5600D-V/BBC5600A/APM5900H-L/BBC5600A-V:
connected to a lower-level CMUH/CCUB/CCUC

(13) COM_IN RS485 signal port for communicating with an

upper-level cascading port to report monitoring
information
● In an RFC: connected to an upper-level CMUH or
CCUB
● In an IBBS200D/IBBS200T/BBC5200D-L:
connected to the CCUB or upper-level CMUH
● In a BBC5200D/BBC5200T/BBC5300D/BBC5300T/
BBC5200D-L/BBC5600D/BBC5600D-V/
APM5900H-L/BBC5600A/BBC5600A-V: connected
to a CCUC, PMU 11C, or upper-level CMUH
(15) GATE Boolean signal port connected to a door status

sensor
(16) IN0, IN1, and IN2 Boolean signal ports

● In an RFC: reserved
● In a BBC5200D/BBC5200T/IBBS200D/IBBS200T/
BBC5300D/BBC5300T/BBC5200D-L: connected to
a BAU02D alarm cable, heater alarm cable, air
conditioner alarm cable, or ODM06D surge
protection alarm cable based on optionally
configured modules
● In a BBC5600D/BBC5600D-V/BBC5600A/
APM5900H-L/BBC5600A-V: connected to a
heater alarm cable, air conditioner alarm cable,
or ODM06D surge protection alarm cable based
on optionally configured modules
(17) SMOKE Boolean signal port

In a BBC5200D/BBC5200T/IBBS200D/IBBS200T/
BBC5300D/BBC5300T/RFC/BBC5200D-L/BBC5600D/
BBC5600D-V/BBC5600A/BBC5600A-V: connected to
a smoke sensor
(18) FAN_EXT Connected to the outer air circulation fan in a

cabinet door to receive fan alarm signals
Indicator
The following table describes the two status indicators on a CMUH.

Table 1-170 Indicators on a CMUH

Silk Color Status Meaning
scre
en

and off for 1s) communicating with the
upper-level device properly.
Blinking (on for The board is functional, but

0.125s and off for it cannot communicate with
0.125s) the upper-level device or it
is not registered.
Steady on The module is in the power-

on self-check state.
Steady off There is no power supply, or

the board is faulty.
Steady on An alarm is generated, and

the board needs to be
replaced.
Blinking (on for 1s An alarm is generated, and

and off for 1s) the alarm may be caused by
the fault of an associated
board or port. Therefore,
you need to locate the fault
before determining whether
to replace the board.
1.5.5 HEUB
A heat exchange unit type B (HEUB) provides power for fans, monitors the status
of fans, collects cabinet environment monitoring information and power surge
protection alarm information, and reports the collected information to a BBU. An
HEUB can be used in an OMB (Ver.C).
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of the HEUB panel.

Figure 1-235 Exterior of an HEUB
Function
An HEUB performs the following functions:
● Provides -48 V DC power for the fan assembly and monitors the running
status of fans.
● Collects the cabinet environment monitoring information and surge
protection alarm information, and reports the collected information to the
BBU.
Port
The following figure shows the ports on an HEUB.
Figure 1-236 Ports on an HEUB
The following table describes the ports on an HEUB.

Table 1-171 Ports on an HEUB

(1) ELU RJ45 connector Electronic label

port
(2) ExtFAN 4-pin connector Power port for the

outer air
circulation fan
(3) IntFAN 4-pin connector Power port for the

inner air
circulation fan
(4) TEM 4-pin connector Port connected to

the temperature
sensor
(5) AC_SPD Bare wire Port for collecting

the AC input
surge protection
alarm
(6) GATE Bare wire Port for the door

status sensor
(7) COM_IN RJ45 connector Port for reporting

monitoring
signals
(8) COM_OUT RJ45 connector Port connected to

the ETP48100-A1
(9) PWR 3V3 connector Port for feeding

-48 V DC
1.5.6 HSMU01D
An HVDC safety monitoring unit 01D (HSMU01D) monitors the safety of 225-400
V DC power distribution and provides PE insulation failures detection and mains
connection detection functions. An HSMU01D can be installed in an MRE1000.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an HSMU01D.

Figure 1-237 HSMU01D exterior
Function
The HSMU01D provides the following functions:
● Monitors the resistance of the positive and negative power cables (for
225-400 V DC power distribution) against the PE insulation cable.
● Checks whether the positive and negative power cables for 225-400 V DC
power distribution are properly connected to the AC power cables.
● Detects faults of the surge protector in the PDU08H-01 and monitors the
connection of the 225-400 V DC output.
Port
The following figure shows the ports on an HSMU01D and the following table
describes these ports.
Figure 1-238 Ports on an HSMU01D

Table 1-172 Ports on an HSMU01D

(1) COM_IN RJ45 connector Connects to the upper-level HSMU01D

or the "CAN" port on the EPU03A-21
to communicate with the upper-level
PMU.
(2) COM_OUT RJ45 connector Connects to and communicates with

the lower-level HSMU01D.
(3) OUTPUT Reset button When the 225-400 V DC output is shut

RESET down due to faults, pressing this
button for 5s can restore the 225-400 V
DC output.
Indicator
The following table describes the four indicators on an HSMU01D.
Table 1-173 Indicators on an HSMU01D

Silksc Meaning Color Status Description
reen
RUN Running Green Steady on The board is being started,

indicator conducting self-check, or being
loaded and activated.
Blinking The board is functional and

(on for 1s properly communicating with the
and off for PMU.
1s)
Blinking The module is functional but

(on for unable to properly communicate.
0.125s and
off for
0.125s)

power supply.

indicator board needs to be replaced.

Silksc Meaning Color Status Description

reen
Blinking An alarm has been generated, and

(on for 1s you need to locate the fault before
and off for determining whether to replace
1s) the board. The alarm may be any
of the following faults:
● PDU08H-01 hardware fault
● Abnormal resistance between
the 225-400 V DC output cable
and the PE insulation cable
● Abnormal connection between
the 225-400 V DC output and
mains power supply
OUTP 225-400 Green Steady on The 225-400 V DC output is

UT V DC normal.
output
indicator Steady off The output voltage is 0 V.
Blinking The output voltage is 55 V.

(on for 1s
and off for
1s)
SAFET TEST Red Steady on An exception is detected, which

Y port may be any of the following ones:
detection ● Abnormal resistance between
result the 225-400 V DC output cable
indicator and the PE insulation cable
● Abnormal connection between
the 225-400 V DC output and
mains power supply
Steady off The test result is normal.
1.5.7 CMUF
A central monitoring unit type F (CMUF) mainly monitors the temperature of the
fan unit and cabinet. A CMUF can be used in an IBBS700T or BTS3900AL (Ver.A)
cabinet.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a CMUF.

Figure 1-239 Exterior of a CMUF
Port
The following figure shows the ports and indicators on a CMUF.
Figure 1-240 Ports on a CMUF
The following table describes the ports on a CMUF.
Table 1-174 Ports on the CMUF
No. Port Description
(1) WATER Reserved port, connected to the water sensor
(2) FAN4 One-row 4-pin port for connecting to a fan, reserved
(3) FAN5
(4) FAN6
(5) FAN8 Dual-row 4-pin port for connecting to a fan, reserved
(6) FAN7
(7) TEM0 ● In the BTS3900AL: connected to the temperature sensor

next to the storage battery
● In the IBBS700T: reserved
(8) TEM1 Connected to the temperature sensor on the front door of

the cabinet

(9) COM_O RS485 signal port for communicating with a lower-level

UT cascading port to report monitoring information
(10) COM_4 Reserved RS485 signal port

85
(11) COM_I RS485 signal port for communicating with an upper-level

N cascading port to receive monitoring information
(14) IN0 Boolean signal port

● In the BTS3900AL: reserved
● In the IBBS700T: connected to a heater to receive
monitoring information

● In the BTS3900AL: connected to the smoke sensor
● In the IBBS700T: N/A
(16) TEC Connected to a TEC to receive TEC alarm signals
(17) FAN_EX Connected to the outer circulation fan

T0
(18) FAN_EX Connected to the outer circulation fan

T1
(19) FAN_IN Connected to the inner circulation fan

0
(20) FAN_IN Connected to the inner circulation fan

1
Indicator
The two indicators on a CMUF panel indicate the status of the CMUF. The
Table 1-175 Indicators on a CMUF

een

device properly.


een


check state.

is faulty.


board.
DIP Switch
On a CMUF, there is a DIP switch, which is used to set the working mode of the
CMUF based on the cabinet type. The following figure shows the position of the
DIP switch on a CMUF.
Figure 1-241 Position of the DIP switch on the CMUF
(1) DIP switch

The following figure shows the DIP switch settings on the CMUF in different
cabinets.
Figure 1-242 DIP switch settings on the CMUF in different cabinets
1.5.8 CCU
A cabinet control unit (CCU) monitors the operating environment of the cabinet
and manages devices in the cabinet. A CCU can be used in an IBBS700D,
BTS3900AL (Ver.A), or IBBS700T cabinet.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of the CCU.
Figure 1-243 Exterior of the CCU
Function
A CCU performs the following functions:
● Provides four standard 10 Mbit/s or 100 Mbit/s Ethernet ports for cascading
and commissioning CCUs.
● Provides three uplink RS485 ports for the main equipment to manage the
CCU.
● Provides eight downlink RS485 ports to communicate with the CMUF, FAU,
HAU, PMU, and EMUB.
● Reports environment alarms such as smoke alarms and access control alarms
when being connected to corresponding sensors.

Port
The following figure shows the ports on the CCU panel.
Figure 1-244 Exterior of the CCU panel
The following table describes the ports on the CCU panel.
Table 1-176 Ports on the CCU panel

No. Item Silkscreen Description
(1) CCU cascading ports FE_L and The "FE_R" port on the upper-
FE_R level CCU connects to the "FE_L"
port on the lower-level CCU. The
"FE_L" port on the level-1 CCU is
idle.
(2) FE cascading portsa FE0 and The "FE0" port is reserved and the
FE1 "FE1" port is a commissioning
port.
(3) Electronic label unit ELU Used to manage the cabinet asset
(ELU) port
(4) Downlink COM port D_COM0 Used to manage

to electromechanical devices through
D_COM7 RJ45 connectors, supporting
RS485 communication
(5) Uplink COM port U_COM0 Used for the main device to
to manage the CCU through RJ45
U_COM2 connectors, supporting RS485 or
FE communication
(6) USB port USB Reserved
(7) DC power input port RTN(+) Used to receive -48 V DC power

and NEG(-)
(8) Port for the cabinet LAMP Used to supply -48 V DC power to
lamp the cabinet lamp

No. Item Silkscreen Description
(9) Boolean signal ports GATE, IN0, Port for providing three Boolean
and IN1 inputs. The "GATE" port connects
the door status sensor, the "IN1"
port connects the AC surge
protector, and the "IN0" port is
reserved.
(10) Enhanced protective T+T- and R Supports uplink RS485

RS485 port +R- communication.
(11) Port for connecting SMOKE Connected to the smoke sensor

the smoke sensor
(12) Port for connecting TEM Reserved

the temperature
sensor
(13) Indicator RUN, ALM, For details about the status of the
and LINK indicators, see Table 1-177.
a: The combined serial connector and Ethernet connector cable for

commissioning connects to the "FE1" port on the CCU and port for the
HyperTerminal tool, which is integrated in the personal computer. The serial
port has a rate of 115,200 bit/s. After connecting the cable, log in to the serial
port using "root" as the user name and "Huawei@ccu123" as the password.
Indicator
The two indicators on the CCU panel indicate the status of the CCU. The following
table describes their meanings.

een
RUN Green Steady on There is power supply, but the board is

faulty.
Steady off There is no power supply, or the board is

faulty.
Blinking (on for The board is functioning properly

1s and off for according to the configuration.
1s)
Blinking (on for The board software is being loaded, or

0.125s and off the board is not working.
for 0.125s)


een
ALM Red Steady on An alarm is generated, and the board

Blinking (on for An alarm is generated, and the alarm

1s and off for may be caused by the fault of an
1s) associated board or port. Therefore, you
need to locate the fault before
board.
Besides the preceding two indicators, there is another indicator indicating the
status of the cascading port on the CCU. The following table describes this
indicator.
Table 1-178 Port indicator description

een
LINK Red Steady on An alarm is generated on the CCU

cascading port which may be connected
improperly.
Steady off No fault exists.
1.5.9 CCU01D-03
A cabinet control unit 01D-03 (CCU01D-03) monitors the operating environment
of the cabinet and manages devices in the cabinet. A CCU01D-03 can be installed
in an IBBS300D/IBBS300T/BBC5300D/BBC5300T.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a CCU01D-03.
Figure 1-245 Exterior of a CCU01D-03

Function
A CCU01D-03 mainly monitors all functions of a cabinet. It performs the following
functions:
● Provides two standard Ethernet ports with a rate of 10 Mbit/s or 100 Mbit/s
for cascading CCU01D-03s.
● Provides two uplink RS485 ports for connecting the upper- or lower-level
communication ports.
● Provides two downlink RS485 ports for managing electromechanical
components.
● Reports environment alarms such as smoke alarms and access control alarms
when being connected to corresponding sensors.
Port
The following figure shows the positions of the ports on a CCU01D-03 panel.
Figure 1-246 Ports on a CCU01D-03 panel
The following table describes the ports on a CCU01D-03 panel.
Table 1-179 Ports on a CCU01D-03 panel
No. Silkscree Remarks

n
(2) WATER Connected to a water sensor


n
(3) FAN_EXT Connected to the outer air circulation fan in a cabinet to

receive alarm signals from the outer air circulation fan
(4) FAN_INT Connected to the inner air circulation fan in a cabinet to

receive alarm signals from the inner air circulation fan
(5) TEC Connected to a TEC to receive TEC alarm signals
(7) EXTFAN2 Reserved
(8) EXTFAN1

In an IBBS300D/IBBS300T/BBC5300D/BBC5300T:
connected to the smoke sensor
(10) IN0, IN1, Boolean signal port

and IN2 ● If a BAU02D is configured, these ports are connected to
the BAU02D.
● If a BAU02D is not configured for a cabinet, the "IN0"
port is connected to a heater and the "IN1" and "IN2"
ports are reserved.
(12) COM_OU RS485 signal port for communicating with a lower-level

T cascading port to receive monitoring information
connected to a lower-level CCU01D-03
(13) COM_IN RS485 signal port for communicating with an upper-level

cascading port to report monitoring information
connected to the PMU or upper-level CCU01D-03
(14) D_COM1 Used to manage electromechanical devices through RJ45

connectors, supporting RS485 communication
(15) D_COM0
(16) FE_R The "FE_R" port on the upper-level CCU01D-03 is

connected to the "FE_L" port on the lower-level
(17) FE_L CCU01D-03. If the "FE_L" port on a CCU01D-03 is not
connected to a cable, the CCU01D-03 is the first hop.
(18) RUN, For the meanings of the indicator status, see Table 1-180
ALM, and and Table 1-181.
LINK


n
(20) TEM_BAT In an IBBS300D/IBBS300T/BBC5300D/BBC5300T:

connected to the storage battery temperature sensor to
receive storage battery temperature alarm signals
Indicator
The two indicators on the CCU01D-03 panel indicate the status of the CCU01D-03.
The following table describes their meanings.

een
RUN Green Steady on There is power supply, but the board is

faulty.
Steady off There is no power supply, or the board is

faulty.
Blinking (on for The board is functioning properly

1s and off for according to the configuration.
1s)
Blinking (on for The board software is being loaded, or

0.125s and off the board is not working.
for 0.125s)
ALM Red Steady on An alarm is generated, and the board


1s and off for may be caused by the fault of an
1s) associated board or port. Therefore, you
need to locate the fault before
board.
In addition to the preceding two indicators, there is another indicator indicating

the status of the cascading port on the CCU01D-03. The following table describes
this indicator.

Table 1-181 Port indicator description

een
LINK Red Steady on An alarm is generated on the

CCU01D-03 cascading port that may be
connected improperly.
Steady off No fault exists.
DIP Switch
The DIP switch J18 on a CCU01D-03 is used to set the working mode of the
CCU01D-03 based on the cabinet type. The following figure shows the position of
the DIP switch on the CCU01D-03.
Figure 1-247 Position of the DIP switch on the CCU01D-03
The following figure shows the settings of the DIP switch on the CCU01D-03 in
different cabinets.
Figure 1-248 Settings of the DIP switch on the CCU01D-03 in different cabinets
1.5.10 WIUA
A wireless interface unit type A (WIUA) is mainly used to monitor the running
status of other wireless components in the same cabinet. A WIUA can be installed
in an IBBS200D, IBBS200T, IBBS300D, or IBBS300T.

Applicable Version
The WIUA is available in MBTS V100R011C00 and later versions.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a WIUA.
Figure 1-249 Exterior of a WIUA
(1) COM_IN port (2) SETUP indicator (3) STATE indicator
(4) Pairing button (5) ANT port -
Function
A WIUA provides the following functions:
● Provides one RS485 signal port for communicating with an upper-level
monitoring component.
● Provides one antenna port for connecting to an antenna and communicating
with external wireless components.
● Contains an antenna for performing wireless communication with other
components in the same cabinet.
● Provides a pairing button for pairing with a lower-level component.
● Provides an electronic label.
The following figure shows the working principle of a WIUA.

Figure 1-250 Working principle of a WIUA
Indicator
The following table describes the indicators on a WIUA.
Table 1-182 Indicators on a WIUA

Silkscree Color Status Meaning
n
STATE Red or Steady off There is no power supply,

green or the board is faulty.
Steady green The board is performing

self-check or loading and
activation.
Blinking green (on for The board is not

0.125s and off for registered, or the
0.125s) communication is
interrupted.
Blinking green (on for 1s Communications are

and off for 1s) normal and no alarm is
reported.
Steady red An alarm is generated,

and the board needs to
be replaced.


n
Blinking red (on for 1s Communications are

and off for 1s) normal but an alarm is
generated. This alarm
may be a monitoring
alarm or external alarm.
You need to locate the
fault before deciding
whether to replace the
board.
SETUP Green Steady off No power is supplied or

the pairing function is
not enabled, and the
board does not exchange
data with a lower-level
device.
Steady on Wireless data is being

initialized and the
pairing operation is not
supported.
Blinking (on for 0.125s The board is performing

and off for 0.125s) wireless data exchange
with a lower-level device.
Blinking (on for 1s and The board has been

off for 1s) enabled with the pairing
function.
Port and Button

The following table describes the ports and button on a WIUA.
Table 1-183 Ports and button on a WIUA

Silkscreen Description
COM_IN RS485 signal port for communicating with an upper-

level cascading port to receive monitoring
information
Pairing buttona
ANT Port for connecting to an external antennab

NOTE
a: The pairing button works as follows:

● After you press the pairing button on a WIUA, the WIUA can be paired with a lower-level
device if the "SETUP" indicator is blinking green (on for 1s and off for 1s).
● If you press the pairing button again during a pairing process, the pairing process will be
interrupted and the "SETUP" indicator is steady off.
● After the "SETUP" indicator blinks (on for 1s and off for 1s) for 10 minutes, the pairing
function is automatically disabled.
b: When the WIUA is used together with an external antenna, the external antenna must be an
omnidirectional antenna with a gain of less than 3 dBi and be installed by qualified personnel.
Engineering Specifications
The following table lists the engineering specifications of a WIUA.
Table 1-184 Engineering specifications of the WIUA

Item Specifications Remarks
Power Input voltage 12 V DC Operating voltage range:

specificati 9 V DC to 12 V DC; rated
ons current: 0.2 A
Power 2W -
consumption
Equipment Dimensions (H 27 mm x 45 mm x 55 -
specificati x W x D) mm (1.06 in. x 1.77
ons in. x 2.17 in.)
Weight 0.1 kg (0.22 lb) -
Environme Operating -40°C to +70°C -

ntal temperature (-40°F to +158°F)
specificati
ons Relative 5% RH to 95% RH -
humidity
Altitude -60 m to +4000 m From the altitude of

(-196.85 ft to 1800 m (5905.44 ft), the
+13123.2 ft) maximum operating
temperature drops by
1°C (1.8°F) each time
the altitude increases by
220 m (721.78 ft).
Storage -40°C to +70°C The product must be

temperature (-40°F to +158°F) installed and put into
use within a year after
being delivered, or it
may malfunction.

Item Specifications Remarks
Ingress IP20 -
Protection
Rating
Technical Frequency band 2.4 GHz -

specificati
ons Maximum 10 dB -
power
1.5.11 eBat
An eBat is used to monitor the running status of a storage battery and report
monitoring information to an upper-level WIUA through wireless communication.
An eBat can be installed in an IBBS200D, IBBS200T, IBBS300D, or IBBS300T.
Applicable Version
The eBat is available in MBTS V100R011C00 and later versions.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an eBat.
Figure 1-251 Exterior of an eBat
(1) Cable outlet (2) Pairing button (3) RUN/ALM indicator
Function
An eBat performs the following functions:
● Monitors the voltage of a storage battery.
● Monitors the inner resistance of a storage battery.
● Reports monitoring information about a storage battery to a WIUA.

Indicator
The following table describes the indicators on an eBat.
Table 1-185 Indicators on an eBat

n
RUN/AL Green Steady off An eBat is not powered on

M or is in sleep mode.
Steady on An eBat is not paired with

a WIUA.
Blinking (on for 0.125s An eBat is being pairing

and off for 0.125s) with a WIUA.
Blinking (on for 1s and Communications are

off for 1s) normal and no alarm is
reported.
Red Steady on Communications are

normal but a major
internal battery resistance
alarm is reported, and
batteries need to be
replaced.
Blinking (on for 0.125s A hardware sensor is

and off for 0.125s) faulty and
communications are
interrupted.
Blinking (on for 1s and A hardware sensor is

off for 1s) faulty but communications
are normal.
Orange Steady on A minor internal battery

resistance alarm is
reported and
communications are
normal.
Port and Button

The following table describes the port and button on an eBat.

Table 1-186 Port and button on an eBat
Item Description
Cable outlet for an Two red cables and two black cables are routed
eBat through this cable outlet and connected to the
positive and negative poles of a storage battery.
Pairing button. After an upper-level WIUA starts

pairing, pressing this button can pair the WIUA and
eBat.
The following table lists the technical specifications of an eBat.
Table 1-187 Specifications of an eBat
Item Technical Specifications
Dimensions (H x W x D) 48.5 mm x 35 mm x 17 mm (1.91 in. x

1.38 in. x 0.67 in.)
Operating voltage 11 V DC to 17 V DC
Voltage monitoring range 11 V DC to 17 V DC
Internal resistance monitoring range 1.5 megohms to 60 megohms
Voltage monitoring precision 2%
Internal resistance monitoring 0.1 megohm

precision
1.6 Surge Protection Devices

This section describes surge protection devices and types of cabinets supported by
the surge protection devices.
1.6.1 SLPU
A signal lightning protection unit (SLPU) is a case with a height of 1 U and a
width of 19 inches. An SLPU can be used in an APM5950H/APM5900H/
APM5950H-L/APM5900H-L/APM5930/APM30H/TMC11H/BTS3900AL (Ver.A).
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an SLPU.

Figure 1-252 Exterior of an SLPU
Board Configuration
An SLPU is a mandatory module in an APM30H or a TMC11H (power cabinet) for
providing protection for trunk signals. The SLPU is configured with a UELP/UFLP,
and is installed in the top 1 U space of the cabinet. The following table describes
the slot assignment rules.
Table 1-188 SLPU slot assignment rules

Board Name Mandatory/ Maximum Slot Restriction
Optional Quantity
UELP Optional 4 Slot 0 to slot This board is

3 preferentially
configured in
the
descending
order of
priority in slot
2, 0, 1, or 3.
UFLP Optional 1 Slot 3 If both a

UELP and a
UFLP are
configured,
the UFLP is
preferentially
configured.
In an APM5950H/APM5900H/APM5950H-L/APM5900H-L/APM5930/APM30H/
TMC11H (power cabinet), if 1 to 16 customized alarm inputs are required, an
SLPU is an optional module installed in the 1 U space below a BBU for providing
protection for monitoring signals. The SLPU is configured with two USLPs/USLP2s.
The following table describes the slot assignment rules.
Table 1-189 SLPU slot assignment rules

Board Name Mandatory/ Maximum Slot Restriction
Optional Quantity
USLP/USLP2 Optional 2 Slot 2 and slot -

3

1.6.2 Surge Protection Subrack for Transmission Signals

A surge protection subrack for transmission signals can be configured with a UELP
or UFLP, which provides surge protection for transmission signals. It can be used in
a BTS3900AL (Ver.A).
Slot
The following figure shows the slots in the surge protection subrack for
transmission signals.
Figure 1-253 Slots in the surge protection subrack for transmission signals
Board Configuration
The surge protection subrack for transmission signals is on the upper right of the
cabinet, and can be configured with the UELP or UFLP. The following table
describes the board configuration principles.

Table 1-190 Board configuration principles

Board Mandat Maximum Slot Restriction
ory/ Quantity
Optiona
l
UELP Optional 4 Slot 0 to slot 3 This board is

preferentially
configured in the
descending order of
priority in slot 2, 0, 1, or
3.
UFLP Optional 1 Slot 3 If both the UELP and

UFLP are configured,
the UFLP is
preferentially installed
in the slot.
1.6.3 UELP
A universal E1/T1 lightning protection unit (UELP) provides surge protection for
four channels of E1/T1 signals. A UELP can be used in an APM5950H/APM5900H/
APM5950H-L/APM5900H-L/APM5930/APM30H/TMC11H/BTS3900AL (Ver.A)/OMB
(Ver.C).
Panel
The following figure shows a UELP panel.
Figure 1-254 UELP panel
Port
The following table describes the ports on a UELP.

Table 1-191 Ports on a UELP
Silkscreen Connector Type Description
INSIDE DB25 female connector Connected to a

transmission board of the
base station
OUTSIDE DB26 female connector Connected to the external

DIP Switch
A UELP has one DIP switch, which is used to determine whether the receiving end
is grounded. A DIP switch has four DIP bits. The following figure shows the DIP
switch on a UELP.
Figure 1-255 DIP switch on a UELP
The following table describes the DIP switch settings on a UELP.
Table 1-192 DIP switch settings on a UELP
DIP Bit Setting Meaning

Switch
1 2 3 4
S1 OFF OFF OFF OFF Not grounded
Other status Grounded

NOTE
E1 cables with resistance of 75 ohms can be grounded or not, but E1 cables with resistance
of 120 ohms and T1 cables with resistance of 100 ohms cannot be grounded.
1.6.4 UFLP
A universal FE lightning protection unit (UFLP) provides surge protection for two
channels of FE signals. A universal FE lightning protection unit type b (UFLPb) or
universal FE lightning protection unit type c (UFLPc) provides surge protection for
two channels of FE/GE signals. A UFLP, UFLPb, or UFLPc can be used in an
APM5950H/APM5900H/APM5950H-L/APM5900H-L/APM5930/APM30H/TMC11H/
BTS3900AL (Ver.A)/OMB (Ver.C).
Panel
The following figure shows a UFLP panel.
Figure 1-256 UFLP panel
The following figure shows a UFLPb panel.
Figure 1-257 UFLPb panel
The following figure shows a UFLPc panel.
Figure 1-258 UFLPc panel

Port
The following table describes the ports on a UFLP.
Table 1-193 Ports on a UFLP
Port Silkscreen Connector Type Description

Location
INSIDE side FE0 and FE1 RJ45 connector Connected to a

transmission board of
the base station
OUTSIDE FE0 and FE1 RJ45 connector Connected to the

side external transmission
equipment
The following table describes the ports on a UFLPb or UFLPc.
Table 1-194 Ports on a UFLPb or UFLPc
Port Location Silkscreen Connector Type Description
INSIDE side FE/GE0 and RJ45 connector Connected to a

FE/GE1 transmission board of
the base station
OUTSIDE side FE/GE0 and RJ45 connector Connected to the

FE/GE1 external transmission
equipment
1.6.5 USLP
A universal signal lightning protection unit 2 (USLP2) or universal signal lightning
protection unit type c (USLPc) provides surge protection for dry contacts and can
be used in an APM5950H/APM5900H/APM5950H-L/APM5900H-L/APM5930/
APM30H/TMC11H/BTS3900AL (Ver.A).
Panel
The following figure shows a USLP2 panel.
Figure 1-259 USLP2 panel

The following figure shows a USLPc panel.
Figure 1-260 USLPc panel
Port
The following table describes the ports on a USLP2 or USLPc.
Table 1-195 Ports on a USLP2 or USLPc
Silkscreen Connector Quantity Description

Type
IN0, IN1, IN2, 4-pin 4 Connected to

and IN3 customized alarm
devices
OUT0 and RJ45 connector 2 Connected to the

OUT1 EXT-ALM port on the
UPEU or UEIU in a
cabinet
The following figure shows the mapping between the pins in the "IN" and "OUT"
ports on a USLP2 or USLPc.
Figure 1-261 Mapping between the pins in the "IN" and "OUT" ports

The following table describes the mapping between the pins in the "IN" and
"OUT" ports on a USLP2 or USLPc.
Table 1-196 Mapping between the pins in the "IN" and "OUT" ports on a USLP2
or USLPc
Input Port Output Port
Silkscreen Pin Assignment Silkscreen Pin Assignment
IN0 IN0.1 OUT1 OUT1.1
IN0.2 OUT1.2
IN0.3 OUT1.4
IN0.4 OUT1.5
IN1 IN1.1 OUT1.3
IN1.2 OUT1.6
IN1.3 OUT1.7
IN1.4 OUT1.8
IN2 IN2.1 OUT0 OUT0.1
IN2.2 OUT0.2
IN2.3 OUT0.4
IN2.4 OUT0.5
IN3 IN3.1 OUT0.3
IN3.2 OUT0.6
IN3.3 OUT0.7
IN3.4 OUT0.8
For details about the application of a USLP, see 1.6.1 SLPU.
1.6.6 GNSS Surge Protector

A GNSS surge protector provides surge protection for a satellite card. It can be
used in an OMB (Ver.C)/BTS3900/BTS3900L/BTS3900AL (Ver.A)/APM5950H/
APM5900H/APM5950H-L/APM5900H-L/APM5930/APM30H/TMC11H/ILC29
(Ver.E).
The following figure shows the exterior of a GNSS surge protector.

Figure 1-262 Exterior of a GNSS surge protector
(1) Type N female terminal (2) Surge protection and (3) Type N male terminal
ground terminal
1.6.7 GNSS Divider

This section describes the exteriors, functions, and technical specifications of GNSS
dividers.
Exterior
There are two types of GNSS dividers: two-way dividers and four-way dividers.
Each type includes two models. The following table lists GNSS divider models and
the corresponding exteriors.
Table 1-197 GNSS divider models and exteriors

GNSS Divider Model Function Exterior
SLPS-2502 Two-way divider Figure 1-263
HAS0727N300-02 Two-way divider Figure 1-264
SLPS-2504 Four-way divider Figure 1-265
HAS0727N300-04 Four-way divider Figure 1-266

Figure 1-263 Exterior of an SLPS-2502
Figure 1-264 Exterior of an HAS0727N300-02
Figure 1-265 Exterior of an SLPS-2504
Figure 1-266 Exterior of an HAS0727N300-04

Function
A GNSS divider evenly divides one GNSS satellite input signal into two or four
signals with equal power for the BBU.
The following table lists the technical specifications of GNSS dividers.
Table 1-198 Technical specifications of GNSS dividers
Item SLPS-2502 HAS0727N30 SLPS-2504 HAS0727N30

0-02 0-04
Dimensions 62 mm x 55 193 mm x 25 104 mm x 74 238 mm x 25

(W x H x D) mm x 19 mm mm x 25 mm mm x 19 mm mm x 25 mm
(2.44 in. x (7.60 in. x (4.09 in. x (9.37 in. x
2.17 in. x 0.75 0.98 in. x 0.98 2.91 in. x 0.75 0.98 in. x 0.98
in.) in.) in.) in.)
Weight 170 g (0.37 170 g (0.37 370 g (0.82 350 g (0.77

lb) lb) lb) lb)
Maximum 3.5 dB 3.2 dB 6.6 db 6.32 dB

insertion loss
Frequency 800 MHz to 698 MHz to 800 MHz to 698 MHz to

range 2500 MHz 2700 MHz 2500 MHz 2700 MHz
Maximum 1.3 1.2 1.3 1.3

Input/output
standing
wave ratio
(SWR)
Maximum in- 0.3 dB 0.3 dB 0.3 dB 0.55 dB

band
fluctuation
Connector N-F N-F N-F N-F

type
Maximum 35 W 300 W 35 W 300 W

power
Operating -25°C to -30°C to -25°C to -30°C to

temperature +55°C (-13°F +65°C (-22°F +55°C (-13°F +65°C (-22°F
to +131°F) to +149°F) to +131°F) to +149°F)
Relative 5% RH to 5% RH to 5% RH to 5% RH to
humidity 95% RH 95% RH 95% RH 95% RH
Surge N/A 5 kA N/A 5 kA

protection
specifications

1.6.8 SPD
A surge protective device (SPD) is an AC surge protection box and can be used in
an OMB (Ver.C) or BTS3900AL (Ver.A) to provide surge protection for input AC
power.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an SPD.
Figure 1-267 Exterior of an SPD
(1) AC SPD (2) Alarm port (3) AC power supply ports
Port
The following table describes the ports on an SPD.
Table 1-199 Ports on an AC SPD
Port Silksc Conn Description

reen ector
Alar ALAR Bare Port for collecting the AC input surge protection alarm
m M wire
port
AC L Cord AC power supply port

powe end
r N termi
suppl PE nal
y port

1.7 Temperature Control Devices

This section describes temperature control devices and types of cabinets supported
by the temperature control devices.
1.7.1 Fan Assembly

This section describes fan assemblies and types of cabinets supported by the fan
assemblies.
1.7.1.1 FAN 01B

A FAN 01B is used in an RFC (Ver.C) to dissipate heat from a cabinet and monitor
the cabinet temperature.
Exterior
A FAN 01B consists a fan subrack, fans, and a CMUE. The following figure shows
the exterior of a FAN 01B.
Figure 1-268 Exterior of a FAN 01B
(1) CMUE (2) Fan (3) Fan subrack
Port
The following figure shows the ports on a FAN 01B.

Figure 1-269 Ports on a FAN 01B
(1) COM_OUT (2) COM_IN (3) RUN (4)(5)(6) IN0, IN1, and
IN2
(7) PWR (8) SMOKE (9) GATE (10) ELU
(11) ALM (12) TEMP1 - -
For details about the ports and indicators on a CMUE, see 1.5.1 CMUE.
1.7.1.2 FAN 01C

A FAN 01C is used in an RFC (Ver.D), RFC (Ver.D_B), or RFC (Ver.D_A) to dissipate
heat from the cabinet and monitor the cabinet temperature.
Exterior
A FAN 01C consists fans, a fan subrack, and a CMUEA. The following figure shows
the exterior of a FAN 01C.
Figure 1-270 Exterior of a FAN 01C
(1) CMUEA (2) Fan (3) Fan subrack
Port
The following figure shows the ports on a FAN 01C.

Figure 1-271 Ports on a FAN 01C
(1) COM_OUT (2) COM_IN (3) RUN (4)(5)(6) IN0, IN1, and
IN2
(7) PWR (8) SMOKE (9) GATE (10) ELU
(11) ALM (12) TEMP1 - -
For details about the ports and indicators on a CMUEA, see 1.5.2 CMUEA.
1.7.1.3 FAN 01D

A FAN 01D dissipates heat from a cabinet and monitors temperature. A FAN 01D
can be installed in an RFC (Ver.E).
Exterior
A FAN 01D consists fans, a fan subrack, and a CMUH. The following figure shows
the exterior of a FAN 01D.
Figure 1-272 Exterior of a FAN 01D
(1) CMUH (2) Fan (3) Fan subrack
Port
The following figure shows the ports on a FAN 01D.

Figure 1-273 Ports on a FAN 01D
(1) RUN (2) D_COM0 (3) D_COM1 (4) COM_OUT (5) COM_IN
(6) ELU (7) GATE (8) SMOKE (9) PWR (10) IN2
(11) IN1 (12) IN0 (13) TEM (14) ALM -
For details about the ports and indicators on a CMUH, see 1.5.4 CMUH.
1.7.1.4 FAN 02B

A FAN 02B is used in an APM30H (Ver.C) or TMC11H (Ver.C) to dissipate heat
from the cabinet and monitor the cabinet temperature.
Exterior
A FAN 02B consists a fan subrack, a fan, an HPMI, and a CMUE. The following
figure shows the exterior of a FAN 02B.
(1) Fan subrack (2) Fan (3) CMUE (4) HPMI
Ports on an HPMI
The following figure shows the ports on an HPMI.

Figure 1-275 Ports on an HPMI
The following table describes the ports on an HPMI.
Table 1-200 Ports on an HPMI

Silkscreen Description Is the Connected Device Mandatory/
Optionala
APM30H TMC11H
PMU_DB50 Connected to the - -

PMU
OUT0 and OUT1 Each port Reserved Reserved

provides one
extended Boolean
signal output.
IN0, IN1, and IN2 Each port Reserved Reserved

provides one
extended Boolean
signal input.
FUSE Fuse detection - -

switch, reserved
GATE Connected to a Mandatory Reserved

door status sensor
to receive door
status alarms
IN3 and IN4 Each port Reserved Reserved

provides one
extended Boolean
signal input.
TEM_BAT1 Connected to the Optional Reserved

battery
temperature
sensor to receive
battery
temperature
alarm signals

Silkscreen Description Is the Connected Device Mandatory/

Optionala
APM30H TMC11H
SMOKE Connected to a Optional Optional

smoke sensor to
receive smoke
alarms
WATER Connected to a Reserved Reserved

water sensor to
receive water
damage alarms
TEM_HUM Connected to the Reserved Reserved

temperature and
humidity sensors
to receive
temperature and
humidity alarms
a: Mandatory monitoring devices are installed in the cabinets before delivery,

and all monitoring cables in all the cabinets are connected before delivery. The
optional equipment is configured based on customer requirements, and the
monitoring signal cables must be connected onsite. For detailed installation
procedures, see BTS3900A (Ver.C) Installation Guide.
CMUE
For details about the ports and indicators on a CMUE, see 1.5.1 CMUE.
1.7.1.5 FAN 02D

A FAN 02D dissipates heat and detects temperature. It can be used in any of the
following cabinets: APM30H (Ver.D), APM30H (Ver.D_B), APM30H (Ver.D_A2),
APM30H (Ver.D_A1), TMC11H (Ver.D), TMC11H (Ver.D_B), TMC11H (Ver.D_A2),
and TMC11H (Ver.D_A1).
Exterior
A FAN 02D consists of a fan subrack, a fan, and a CMUEA. The following figure
shows the exterior of a FAN 02D.

(1) Fan subrack (2) Fan (3) CMUEA
Port
The following figure shows the ports on a FAN 02D.
Figure 1-277 Ports on a FAN 02D
(1) PWR (2) FAN_EXT (3) SMOKE (4) RUN
(5) COM_IN (6) COM_OUT (7) ALM (8) ELU
(9) GATE (10)(11)(12) IN0, IN1, - -

and IN2
For details about the ports and indicators on a CMUEA, see 1.5.2 CMUEA.
1.7.1.6 FAN 02E

A FAN 02E dissipates heat from a cabinet and monitors temperature. A FAN 02E
can be installed in an APM30H (Ver.E) or TMC11H (Ver.E).
Exterior
A FAN 02E consists of a fan, a fan subrack, and a CCUB. The following figure
shows the exterior of a FAN 02E.

Figure 1-278 Exterior of a FAN 02E
(1) CCUB (2) Fan (3) Fan subrack
Port
The following figure shows the ports on a FAN 02E.
Figure 1-279 Ports on a FAN 02E
The following table describes the ports on a FAN 02E.
Table 1-201 Ports

(1) ALM Alarm indicator
(2) ADDR Address monitored by the PMU function of a CCUB.

The monitored address is 3 if the DIP switch is set to 1.

(3) TEM ● In an MRE1000, the port is connected to the

temperature sensor in the storage battery
compartment to receive the storage battery
temperature information.
● In other cabinets, the port is a reserved
temperature monitoring port.

In an APM30H or TMC11H: connected to the smoke
sensor
(6) COM_OUT ● COM_OUT: If no BBU is installed in an APM30H

/U_COM1 (Ver.E)/TMC11H (Ver.E) or the BBU installed in an
APM30H (Ver.E)/TMC11H (Ver.E) does not work as
a manager, this port communicates with a lower-
level cascading port for receiving monitoring
information and connecting to a lower-level CMUH.
● U_COM1: If the BBU installed in an APM30H
(Ver.E)/TMC11H (Ver.E) works as a manager, this
port is connected to the "MON1" port on the BBU.
(7) COM_IN/ ● COM_IN: connected to an upper-level CCUB or

U_COM0 CMUH. If no BBU is installed in an APM30H (Ver.E)/
TMC11H (Ver.E) or the BBU installed in an APM30H
(Ver.E)/TMC11H (Ver.E) does not work as a
manager, this port communicates with an upper-
level cascading port for reporting monitoring
information.

Connected to an electric lock that is optionally
configured

Connected to the wireless interface unit WIUA that is
optionally configured
(10) COM_485 Connected to a monitoring board in a battery cabinet

to receive monitoring signals from the battery cabinet

(11) FAN_EXT Connected to the outer air circulation fan in a cabinet

to receive alarm signals from the outer air circulation
fan
(13) MON0-0/ ● MON0-0: connected to an environment monitoring

D_COM0-0 unit in another RFC, TMC11H, or APM30H
● D_COM0-0: downlink communication port
supporting RS485 communication and used for



(17) PMI Connected to a power monitoring interface (PMI)

board to receive monitoring signals from the power
system
(19) IN0, IN1, In an MRE1000:

and IN2 ● The "IN0" port is the heater alarm detection port.
● The "IN1" port is a reserved Boolean signal port.
● The "IN2" port is the alarm detection port on the
AC power distribution box.
In other cabinets, the "IN0", "IN1", and "IN2" ports are
reserved Boolean signal ports.
(20) TEM_BAT Storage battery temperature sensor port for receiving

temperature information about internal or external
storage batteries of an APM30H
(21) RUN Running indicator

Indicator
The two indicators on a FAN 02E indicate the status of the FAN 02E. The following
Table 1-202 Indicator

n

and off for 1s) communicating with the upper-
level device properly.
Blinking (on for The board is functional but fails

0.125s and off for to communicate with the upper-
0.125s) level device or the board is not
registered.
Steady on The module is in the power-on

self-check state.
Steady off There is no power supply, or the

board is faulty.
Steady on An alarm is generated, and the

board needs to be replaced.
Blinking (on for 1s An alarm is generated, and the

and off for 1s) alarm may be caused by the
fault of an associated board or
port. Therefore, you need to
locate the fault before
determining whether to replace
the board.
1.7.1.7 FAN 02F

A FAN 02F dissipates heat from a cabinet and monitors the cabinet temperature. A
FAN 02F can be installed in an APM30H (Ver.C) or TMC11H (Ver.C).
Exterior
A FAN 02F consists a fan subrack, a fan, an HPMI, and a CMUH. The following
figure shows the exterior of a FAN 02F.

Figure 1-280 Exterior of a FAN 02F
(1) Fan (2) HPMI (3) CMUH (4) Fan subrack
Port
The following figure shows the ports on a FAN 02F panel.
Figure 1-281 Ports on a FAN 02F panel
Ports on a FAN 02F panel include the ports on the HPMI, CMUH, and FAN 02F, as
listed in the following table.

Table 1-203 Ports on a FAN 02F panel

Port Type Silkscreen
Ports on an (1) (2) OUT0 (3) OUT1 (4) IN0

HPMI PMU_DB50
(5) IN1 (6) IN2 (7) FUSE (8) GATE
(9) (10) IN3 (11) IN4 (12) SMOKE

TAM_BAT1
(13) WATER (14) - -

TEM_HUM
Ports on a (17) D_COM0 (18) D_COM1 (19) (20) COM_IN

CMUH COM_OUT
(21) ELU (22) GATE (23) IN0 (24) IN1
(25) IN2 (26) SMOKE (27) FAN_EXT -
Ports on a (15) RUN (16) ALM (28) PWR -

FAN 02F
panel
1.7.1.8 FAN02G
A FAN02G is used in an APM5930, APM30H (Ver.F_B~E), or TMC11H (Ver.F_B~E)
to dissipate heat from the cabinet and monitor the cabinet temperature.
Exterior
A FAN02G consists of a fan subrack, a CCUC, fans, and lightning protection units.
The following figure shows the exterior of a FAN02G.
Figure 1-282 Exterior of a FAN02G
(1) Fan (2) CCUC (3) Fan subrack (4) Lightning

protection unit UELP/
UFLP

When used in an APM5930(AC) or an APM5930(DC), a FAN02G provides two

signal lightning protection slots for installing the UELP and UFLP, which function
as trunk signal protection units in the fan subrack. The following table describes
slot assignment principles.
Table 1-204 Slot assignment principles for signal lightning protection units
Board Mandator Maximum Slot Restriction

Name y/ Quantity
Optional
UELP Optional 2 Slots 0 This board is preferentially

and 1 configured in slot 0 rather
than slot 1.
UFLP Optional 1 Slot 1 If both a UELP and a UFLP

are configured, the UFLP is
preferentially configured in
slot 1.
Port
The following figure shows the ports on a FAN02G.
Figure 1-283 Ports on a FAN02G
(1) ADDR (2) TEM_BAT (3) TEM (4) SMOKE (5)(6)(7) IN0, IN1,
and IN2
(8) GATE (9) ELU (10) PMI (11) COM_OUT/ (12) COM_IN/
U_COM1 U_COM0
(13) D_COM3 (14) D_COM2 (15) MON1-1/ (16) MON1-0/ (17) MON0-1/
D_COM1-1 D_COM1-0 D_COM0-1
(18) MON0-0/ (19) COM_485 (20) FAN_EXT (21) PWR (22) UELP/UFLP
D_COM0-0
The following table describes the ports on a FAN02G.

Table 1-205 Ports on a FAN02G

(1) ADDR Address monitored by the PMU function of a

CCUC. The monitored address is 3 if the DIP
switch is set to 1. The monitored address is 4 if
the DIP switch is set to 0.
(2) TEM_BAT Storage battery temperature sensor port for

receiving storage battery temperature information
(3) TEM Connected to a temperature sensor

In an APM5930(AC) or APM5930(DC): connected
to a smoke sensor
(5)(6)(7) IN0, IN1, and Reserved Boolean signal port

IN2

sensor
(10) PMI Connected to a power monitoring interface unit

type D (PMID) to receive monitoring signals from
the power system
(11) COM_OUT/ ● COM_OUT: If no BBU is installed in an

U_COM1 APM5930(AC)/APM5930(DC) or the BBU
installed in an APM5930(AC)/APM5930(DC)
does not work as a manager, this port
communicates with a lower-level cascading
port for receiving monitoring information and
connecting a lower-level CMUH.
● U_COM1: If the BBU installed in an
APM5930(AC)/APM5930(DC) works as a
manager, this port is connected to the "MON1"
port on the BBU.
(12) COM_IN/ ● COM_IN: connected to an upper-level CCUC or

U_COM0 CMUH. If no BBU is installed in an
APM5930(AC)/APM5930(DC) or the BBU
installed in an APM5930(AC)/APM5930(DC)
does not work as a manager, this port
communicates with an upper-level cascading
port for reporting monitoring information.
● U_COM0: If the BBU installed in an
APM5930(AC)/APM5930(DC) works as a
manager, this port is connected to the "MON0"
port on the BBU.



(15) MON1-1/ ● MON1-1: connected to an environment

D_COM1-1 monitoring unit in an APM5930(AC)/
APM5930(DC)

APM5930(DC)

APM5930(DC)

APM5930(DC)
(19) COM_485 Connected to a monitoring board in a battery

cabinet to receive monitoring signals from the
battery cabinet

cabinet to receive alarm signals from the outer air
circulation fan
(22) UELP/UFLP Signal lightning protection unit. The UELP

provides lightning protection for E1/T1 signals
and the UFLP provides lightning protection for
FE/GE signals.

Indicator
The two indicators on a FAN02G indicate the status of the FAN02G. The following

n


registered.

self-check state.

board is faulty.


the board.
1.7.1.9 FAN02H
A FAN02H is used in an APM30H (Ver.E) or TMC11H (Ver.E) to dissipate heat from
the cabinet and monitor the cabinet temperature.
Exterior
A FAN02H consists of a fan subrack, fans, and a CCUC. The following figure shows
the exterior of a FAN02H.

Figure 1-284 Exterior of a FAN02H
(1) CCUC (2) Fan (3) Fan subrack
Port
The following figure shows the ports on a FAN02H.
Figure 1-285 Ports on a FAN02H
and IN2
U_COM1 U_COM0
(18) MON0-0/ (19) COM_485 (20) FAN_EXT (21) PWR -

D_COM0-0
The following table describes the ports on a FAN02H.
Table 1-207 Ports on a FAN02H


(2) TEM_BAT Storage battery temperature sensor port for

receiving storage battery temperature information
(3) TEM Reserved temperature monitoring port

In an APM30H (Ver.E) or TMC11H (Ver.E):
connected to a smoke sensor

IN2

sensor

(PMIU) to receive monitoring signals from a
power system

U_COM1 APM30H (Ver.E)/TMC11H (Ver.E) or the BBU
installed in an APM30H (Ver.E)/TMC11H
(Ver.E) does not work as a manager, this port
communicates with a lower-level cascading
port for receiving monitoring information and
connecting to a lower-level CMUH.
(Ver.E)/TMC11H (Ver.E) works as a manager,
this port is connected to the "MON1" port on
the BBU.

U_COM0 CMUH. If no BBU is installed in an APM30H
(Ver.E)/TMC11H (Ver.E) or the BBU installed in
an APM30H (Ver.E)/TMC11H (Ver.E) does not
work as a manager, this port communicates
with an upper-level cascading port for
reporting monitoring information.
(Ver.E)/TMC11H (Ver.E) works as a manager,
this port is connected to the "MON0" port on
the BBU.




D_COM1-1 monitoring unit in an APM30H (Ver.E)/
TMC11H (Ver.E)

TMC11H (Ver.E)

TMC11H (Ver.E)

TMC11H (Ver.E)
(19) COM_485 Connected to a monitoring board in a battery

battery cabinet

circulation fan
Indicator
The two indicators on a FAN02H indicate the status of the FAN02H. The following


n


registered.

self-check state.

board is faulty.


the board.
1.7.1.10 FAN02I
A FAN02I is installed in an APM5900H to dissipate heat and monitor the
temperature.
Exterior
A FAN02I consists of a fan subrack, a CCUC, fans, and lightning protection units.
The following figure shows the exterior of a FAN02I.

Figure 1-286 Exterior of a FAN02I
(1) Fan (2) CCUC (3) Fan subrack (4) Lightning

UFLP
When used in an APM5900H, a FAN02I provides two signal lightning protection

slots for installing the UELP and UFLP, which function as trunk signal protection
units in the fan subrack. The following table describes slot assignment principles.
Name y/ Quantity
Optional

than slot 1.

preferentially configured.
Port
The following figure shows the ports on a FAN02I.

Figure 1-287 Ports on a FAN02I
and IN2
U_COM1 U_COM0
(18) MON0-0/ (19) COM_485 (20) FAN_EXT (21) PWR (22) UELP/UFLP
D_COM0-0
The following table describes the ports on a FAN02I.
Table 1-210 Ports on a FAN02I


(2) TEM_BAT Battery temperature sensor port for receiving

battery temperature information
(3) TEM Connected to a temperature sensor

In the APM5900H: connected to the smoke sensor

IN2

sensor


type D (PMID) to receive monitoring signals from
the power system

U_COM1 APM5900H or the BBU installed does not work
as a manager, this port communicates with a
lower-level cascading port for receiving
monitoring information and connecting a
lower-level CMUH.
works as a manager, this port is connected to
the MON1 port on the BBU.

U_COM0 CMUH. If no BBU is installed in an APM5900H
or the BBU installed does not work as a
manager, this port communicates with an
upper-level cascading port for reporting
monitoring information.
works as a manager, this port is connected to
the MON0 port on the BBU.



D_COM1-1 monitoring unit in an APM5900H.




(19) COM_485 Connected to the monitoring board in a battery

battery cabinet

circulation fan

FE/GE signals.
Indicator
The following table describes the two status indicators on a FAN02I.

n


registered.

self-check state.

board is faulty.



n

the board.
1.7.1.11 FAN02J
A FAN02J is installed in an APM5950H to dissipate heat and monitor the
temperature.
Exterior
A FAN02J consists of a fan subrack, fans, and lightning protection units. The
following figure shows the exterior of a FAN02J.
Figure 1-288 Exterior of a FAN02J
(1) Fan (2) Fan subrack (3) Lightning protection unit

UELP/UFLP
When used in an APM5950H, a FAN02J provides two signal lightning protection


Name y/ Quantity
Optional

than slot 1.

Port
The following figure shows the ports on a FAN02J.
Figure 1-289 Ports on a FAN02J
The following table describes the ports on a FAN02J.
Table 1-213 Ports on a FAN02J

(1) - Cable outlet for the FAN02J. It is used for routing

the fan power and monitoring signal cable and
temperature sensor signal cable.

FE/GE signals.

Cable
The following figure shows the types of cables routed through the cable outlet on
a FAN02J.
Figure 1-290 Cables routed through the cable outlet on a FAN02J
(1) (2) Fan power and monitoring signal cable (3) Temperature sensor signal cable
1.7.1.12 FAN02K
A FAN02K is installed in an APM5950H-L to dissipate heat and monitor the
temperature.
Exterior
A FAN02K consists of a fan subrack, fans, and lightning protection units. The
following figure shows the exterior of a FAN02K.
Figure 1-291 Exterior of a FAN02K
(1) Fan (2) Fan subrack (3) Lightning protection unit

UELP/UFLP
When used in an APM5950H-L, a FAN02K provides two signal lightning protection


Name y/ Quantity
Optional

than slot 1.

Port
The following figure shows the ports on a FAN02K.
Figure 1-292 Ports on a FAN02K
The following table describes the ports on a FAN02K.
Table 1-215 Ports on a FAN02K

(1) - Cable outlet for the FAN02K. It is used for routing

the fan power and monitoring signal cable and
temperature sensor signal cable.

FE/GE signals.

Cable
The following figure shows the types of cables routed through the cable outlet on
a FAN02K.
Figure 1-293 Cables routed through the cable outlet on a FAN02K
(1) (2) Fan power and monitoring signal cable (3) Temperature sensor signal cable
1.7.1.13 FAN02L
A FAN02L is installed in an APM5900H-L to dissipate heat and monitor the
temperature.
Exterior
A FAN02L consists of a fan subrack, fans, a CMUH, and lightning protection units.
The following figure shows the exterior of a FAN02L.
Figure 1-294 Exterior of a FAN02L
(1) Fan (2) CMUH (3) Fan subrack (4) Lightning

UFLP
When used in an APM5900H-L, a FAN02L provides two signal lightning protection



Name y/ Quantity
Optional

than slot 1.
UFLP Optional 1 Slot1 If both a UELP and a UFLP

Port
The following figure shows the ports on a FAN02L.
Figure 1-295 Ports on a FAN02L
(1) Cable outlet of (2) PWR (3) SMOKE (4)(5)(6) IN0, IN1, (7) GATE
the FAN02L and IN2
(8) ELU (9) COM_IN (10) COM_OUT (11) D_COM1 (12) D_COM0
(13)TEM/ (14) UELP/UFLP - - -

TEM_BAT
The following table describes the ports on a FAN02L.
Table 1-217 Ports on a FAN02L
(1) - FAN02L cable outlet for routing the power cable

for the outer air circulation fan.


In an APM5900H-L: connected to the smoke
sensor
(4)(5)(6) IN0, IN1, and Boolean signal port (reserved)

IN2

sensor

upper-level cascading port to report monitoring
information
In an APM5900H-L: connected to the BBU
(10) COM_OUT RS485 signal port for communicating with a

lower-level cascading port to receive monitoring
information
In an APM5900H-L: connected to a lower-level
CMUH

In an APM5900H-L: connected to the WIUA
(reserved)

In an APM5900H-L: connected to the electronic
lock (reserved)
(13) TEM/ -
TEM_BAT

FE/GE signals.
Indicator
The following table describes the two status indicators on a FAN02L.


n

Blinking (on for The board is functional, but it

0.125s and off for cannot communicate with the
0.125s) upper-level device or it is not
registered.

self-check state.

board is faulty.


the board.
1.7.1.14 FAN 03B

A FAN 03B is used in a BTS3900 (Ver.C) or BTS3900L (Ver.C) to dissipate heat from
the cabinet and monitor the cabinet temperature.
Exterior
A FAN 03B consists of fans, a fan subrack, and an FMUE. The following figure
shows the exterior of a FAN 03B.

(1) Fan (2) Fan subrack (3) FMUE
Function
The FAN 03B performs the following functions:
● Provides ventilation and dissipates heat from the cabinet.
● Monitors the temperature.
● Adjusts the fan speed based on temperature or controlled by the BBU.
● Stops the fans automatically when the ambient temperature is low.
Port
The following figure shows the ports on a FAN 03B.
Figure 1-297 Ports on a FAN

The following table describes the ports on a FAN 03B.
Table 1-219 Ports
Port Type Silkscreen Connector Description
Power port -48 V 3V3 connector Supporting -48 V DC

power input
Sensor port SENSOR RJ45 Connected to the ELU

connector
Communicati COM OUT RJ45 Cascaded with the

ons ports connector lower-level FMUE or
EMU
COM IN RJ45 Connected to the BBU,

connector upper-level FMUE, or
upper-level GATM
Indicator
The following table describes the indicators on the FMUE in a FAN 03B.
Table 1-220 Indicators on an FMUE
Indicato Color Status Meaning

r
RUN Green Blinking (on for 0.125s The module is functional but
and off for 0.125s) fails to communicate with the
BBU or an upper-level FMUE.
Blinking (on for 1s and The module is functional and is

off for 1s) communicating with the BBU or
an upper-level FMUE.

module is faulty.
ALM Red Blinking (on for 1s and The module is reporting alarms.
off for 1s)
Steady off The module is not reporting

alarms.
1.7.1.15 FAN 03C

A FAN 03C dissipates heat from a cabinet and monitors temperature. It can be
used in any of the following cabinets: BTS3900 (Ver.D), BTS3900 (Ver.D_A),
BTS3900 (Ver.D_B), BTS3012 (Ver.D_Z), BTS3900L (Ver.D), and BTS3900L (Ver.D_B).

Exterior
A FAN 03C consists of fans, a fan subrack, and an FMUEA. The following figure
shows the exterior of a FAN 03C.
Figure 1-298 Exterior of a FAN 03C
(1) Fan (2) Fan subrack (3) FMUEA
Function
The FAN 03C performs the following functions:
Port
The FAN 03C has two port types, as shown in Figure 1-299 and Figure 1-300.
Figure 1-299 Ports on a FAN 03C (1)

Figure 1-300 Ports on a FAN 03C (2)
The following table describes the ports on a FAN 03C.
Table 1-221 Ports on a FAN 03C
Item Port Silkscreen Connector Description
(1) Power port -48 V 3V3 Supporting -48 V

connector DC power input
Sensor SENSOR RJ45 Connected to the

port connector ELU
Communic COM OUT RJ45 Cascaded with the

ations connector lower-level FMUEA
ports or lower-level PMU
COM IN RJ45 Connected to the

connector BBU, upper-level
FMUEA, or upper-
level GATM
(2) Power port PWR 3V3 Supporting -48 V

connector DC power input
Sensor SENSOR RJ45 Connected to the

port connector ELU
Communic COM_OUT RJ45 Cascaded with the

ations connector lower-level FMUEA
ports or lower-level PMU
COM_IN RJ45 Connected to the

connector BBU, upper-level
FMUEA, or upper-
level GATM

Indicator
The following table describes the indicators on a FAN 03C.
Table 1-222 Indicators on a FAN 03C

r
BBU or upper-level FMUEA.

upper-level FMUEA.

module is faulty.

FAN 03C must be replaced.
Blinking (on for 1s and An alarm is generated, and the

off for 1s) alarm may be caused by an
associated board or port fault.
Therefore, you need to locate
the fault before determining
whether to replace the FAN
03C.
1.7.1.16 FAN 03D

A FAN 03D dissipates heat from a cabinet and monitors temperature. It can be
installed in the BTS3900 (Ver.E_A~D), BTS3900L (Ver.E_B~D), BTS5900 (Ver.A),
BTS5900L (Ver.A), and IFS5906 cabinets.
Exterior
A FAN 03D consists of fans, a fan subrack, and a fan monitoring unit type F
(FMUF). The following figure shows the exterior of a FAN 03D.

(1) Fan (2) Fan subrack (3) FMUF
Function
The FAN 03D performs the following functions:
Port
The following figure shows the ports and indicators on a FAN 03D.
Figure 1-302 Ports and indicators on a FAN 03D

The following table describes the ports on a FAN 03D.
Table 1-223 Ports on a FAN 03D

Port Silkscreen Connector Description
Power port PWR 3V3 connector Supporting -48 V

DC power input
Sensor port SENSOR RJ45 connector Connected to the

ELU
Communications COM_OUT RJ45 connector Cascaded with the

ports lower-level FMUF
or lower-level
PMU
COM_IN RJ45 connector Connected to the

BBU, upper-level
FMUF, or upper-
level GATM
Indicator
The following table describes the indicators on a FAN 03D.
Table 1-224 Indicators on a FAN 03D

RUN Green Blinking (on for The module is

0.125s and off for functional but
0.125s) fails to
communicate
with the BBU or
an upper-level
FMUF.
Blinking (on for 1s The module is

and off for 1s) functional and is
communicating
with the BBU or
an upper-level
FMUF.

supply, or the
module is faulty.
ALM Red Steady off No alarm is

generated.

Steady on An alarm has

been generated,
and the FAN 03D
must be replaced.
Blinking (on for 1s An alarm has

and off for 1s) been generated,
and the alarm
may be caused by
an associated
board or port
fault. Therefore,
you need to
locate the fault
before
determining
whether to
replace the FAN
03D.
1.7.1.17 FAU01D-01
An FAU01D-01 can be used in an OMB (Ver.C) to dissipate heat from the cabinet
and monitor the cabinet temperature.
An OMB (Ver.C) contains two FAU01D-01s, which are located on the upper left
and the lower left of the cabinet. The inner air circulation fan assembly is located
on the upper left of the cabinet, and the outer air circulation fan assembly is
located on the lower left of the cabinet.
The following figure shows the FAU01D-01 exterior.
Figure 1-303 FAU01D-01 exterior
(1) Hole for barcode scanning

1.7.1.18 FAU03D-01
An FAU03D-01 is used in a BTS3900AL (Ver.A). It is a fan assembly in the RF
compartment and dissipates heat and detects temperature of the RF
compartment.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of the FAU03D-01.
Figure 1-304 Exterior of an FAU03D-01
Panel
The following figure shows an FAU03D-01 panel.
Figure 1-305 FAU03D-01 panel
Port
The following table describes the ports on an FAU03D-01 panel.

Table 1-225 Ports on an FAU03D-01 panel
(1) TEM0 Connected to a temperature sensor
(2) COM_OUT RS485 signal port for communicating with a lower-

level cascading port to report monitoring
information
(3) COM_485 Connected to the FAU monitoring signal cable

upper-level cascading port to receive monitoring
information
(8) GATE Reserved Boolean signal port
(9) IN0 Reserved Boolean signal port
(10) SMOKE Reserved Boolean signal port
(11) TEC Reserved port for connecting to the TEC
(12) PWR Port for providing DC power for the FAU
Indicator
The following table describes the indicators on an FAU03D-01 panel.
Table 1-226 Indicators on an FAU03D-01 panel
No. Silk Color Status Meaning

scre
en
(6) RU Green Blinking (on for The board is functional and

N 1s and off for 1s) communicating with the upper-level
device properly.

0.125s and off communicate with the upper-level
for 0.125s) device or the board is not registered.

check state.
Steady off The FAU is faulty.
(7) AL Red Steady off No alarm is generated.

M
FAU03D-01 must be replaced.

No. Silk Color Status Meaning

scre
en

1s and off for 1s) may be caused by the fault of an
FAU03D-01.
1.7.1.19 FAU03D-02
An FAU03D-02 dissipates heat from the cabinet and monitors the temperature.
The FAU03D-02 is used in an IBC10.
Exterior
An FAU03D-02 consists of fans, a fan subrack, and an FMUEA. The following
figure shows the exterior of an FAU03D-02.

Function
The FAU03D-02 performs the following functions:
● Adjusts the fan speed based on temperature.
Port
The following figure shows the ports on an FAU03D-02.
Figure 1-307 Ports on an FAU03D-02
The following table describes the ports on an FAU03D-02.
Table 1-227 Ports on an FAU03D-02
Power port PWR 3V3 connector Supporting -48 V DC

power input
Sensor port SENSOR RJ45 Connected to the RJ45

connector port on the
temperature sensor at
the air intake vent of a
BBU for cascading the
ELU
Communicati COM OUT RJ45 Cascading a lower-level

ons ports connector FMUEA.
COM IN RJ45 Connected to a BBU or

connector upper-level FMUEA.

Indicator
The following table describes the indicators on an FAU03D-02.
Table 1-228 Indicators on an FAU03D-02

r
BBU or upper-level FMUEA.

upper-level FMUEA.

module is faulty.

FAU03D-02 needs to be
replaced.

off for 1s) alarm may be caused by an
associated board or port fault.
Therefore, you need to locate
the fault before determining
whether to replace the
FAU03D-02.
1.7.1.20 FAU03D-03
An FAU03D-03 is used in an IBC10 (Ver.B) to dissipate heat from a cabinet and
monitor the cabinet temperature.
Exterior
An FAU03D-03 consists of fans, a fan subrack, and a fan monitoring unit type F
(FMUF). The following figure shows the exterior of an FAU03D-03.

Function
An FAU03D-03 performs the following functions:
Port


(1) Communic COM IN RJ45 Connected to a BBU or

ations connector upper-level FMUF
ports
(2) COM OUT RJ45 Cascading a lower-
connector level FMUF
(3) Sensor SENSOR RJ45 Connected to the RJ45

port connector port on the
temperature sensor at
the air intake vent of a
BBU for cascading the
ELU
(4) Power port PWR 3V3 Supporting -48 V DC

connector power input

Indicator

r
BBU or an upper-level FMUF.

an upper-level FMUF.

module is faulty.

FAU03D-03 must be replaced.

off for 1s) alarm may be caused by the
the FAU03D-03.
1.7.1.21 FAU01D-05
An FAU01D-05 can be used in an MRE1000 cabinet to dissipate heat from the
cabinet and monitor the cabinet temperature.
Exterior
An FAU01D-05 consists of a fan, a fan subrack, and a CCUB. The following figure
shows the exterior of an FAU01D-05.

Figure 1-310 FAU01D-05 exterior
(1) Fan (2) Fan subrack (3) CCUB
Function
An FAU01D-05 provides the following functions:
Port
The following table describes the ports on a FAU01D-05.

Table 1-231 Ports

(1) ALM Alarm indicator
(2) ADDR Address monitored by the PMU function of a CCUB.

(3) TEM ● In an MRE1000, the port is connected to the

temperature sensor in the storage battery
compartment to receive the storage battery
temperature information.
● In other cabinets, the port is a reserved
temperature monitoring port.

In an APM30H or TMC11H: connected to the smoke
sensor
(6) COM_OUT ● COM_OUT: If no BBU is installed in an APM30H

/U_COM1 (Ver.E)/TMC11H (Ver.E) or the BBU installed in an
APM30H (Ver.E)/TMC11H (Ver.E) does not work as
a manager, this port communicates with a lower-
level cascading port for receiving monitoring
information and connecting to a lower-level CMUH.
(7) COM_IN/ ● COM_IN: connected to an upper-level CCUB or

U_COM0 CMUH. If no BBU is installed in an APM30H (Ver.E)/
TMC11H (Ver.E) or the BBU installed in an APM30H
(Ver.E)/TMC11H (Ver.E) does not work as a
manager, this port communicates with an upper-
level cascading port for reporting monitoring
information.

Connected to an electric lock that is optionally
configured


Connected to the wireless interface unit WIUA that is
optionally configured
(10) COM_485 Connected to a monitoring board in a battery cabinet

to receive monitoring signals from the battery cabinet
(11) FAN_EXT Connected to the outer air circulation fan in a cabinet

to receive alarm signals from the outer air circulation
fan




(17) PMI Connected to a power monitoring interface (PMI)

board to receive monitoring signals from the power
system

(19) IN0, IN1, In an MRE1000:

and IN2 ● The "IN0" port is the heater alarm detection port.
● The "IN1" port is a reserved Boolean signal port.
● The "IN2" port is the alarm detection port on the
AC power distribution box.
In other cabinets, the "IN0", "IN1", and "IN2" ports are
reserved Boolean signal ports.
(20) TEM_BAT Storage battery temperature sensor port for receiving

temperature information about internal or external
storage batteries of an APM30H
(21) RUN Running indicator
Indicator
The following table describes the indicators on a FAU01D-05.

n


registered.

self-check state.

board is faulty.


the board.

1.7.1.22 FAU02D-15
An FAU02D-15 dissipates heat from a cabinet and monitors temperature. This unit
can be installed in an ILC29 (Ver.E).
Exterior
An FAU02D-15 consists of fans, a fan subrack, and a fan monitoring unit type F
(FMUF). The following figure shows the exterior of an FAU02D-15.
(1) Fan (2) Fan subrack (3) FMUF
Function
An FAU02D-15 performs the following functions:
Port


Power PWR 3V3 Supporting -48 V DC power input

port connector
Sensor SENSOR RJ45 Connected to the RJ45 port on the

port connector temperature sensor at the air intake
vent of a BBU for cascading the ELU
Communi COM_OUT RJ45 Cascading a lower-level FMUF

cations connector
ports
COM_IN RJ45 Connected to a BBU or upper-level
connector FMUF
Indicator

r
BBU or an upper-level FMUF.

an upper-level FMUF.


r

module is faulty.
Steady on An alarm has been generated,

and the FAU02D-15 needs to be
replaced.
Blinking (on for 1s and An alarm has been generated,

off for 1s) and the alarm may be caused
by an associated board or port
fault. Therefore, you need to
the FAU02D-15.
1.7.1.23 Fans in an OMB

The fans in an OMB include an inner air circulation fan and an outer air
circulation fan, which dissipate heat from the cabinet.
The inner air circulation fan is in the upper left of the OMB and the outer air
circulation fan is in the lower left of the OMB.
Exterior
● Figure 1-314 shows the exterior of the inner air circulation fan.
Figure 1-314 Exterior of the inner air circulation fan
● Figure 1-315 shows the exterior of the outer air circulation fan.

Figure 1-315 Exterior of the outer air circulation fan
1.7.2 AC Heater
An AC heater ensures that equipment works within an appropriate temperature
range when the ambient temperature is low. An AC heater can be installed in the
space for customer equipment of an APM5950H/APM5900H/APM5950H-L/
APM5900H-L/APM5930/APM30H/TMC11H.
Exterior
An AC heater is 1U high. The following figure shows the exterior of an AC heater.
Figure 1-316 Exterior of an AC heater
The following table lists the technical specifications of an AC heater.
Table 1-235 Technical specifications of an AC heater
Item Specifications
Temperature range when the module < 1°C±6°C (33.8°F±10.8°F)

starts working
Temperature range when the module > 15°C±3°C (59°F±5.4°F)

stops working

Item Specifications
Rated heating power 330 W
1.7.3 Heating Film

When the operating temperature is lower than the temperature specifications of
storage batteries, the storage battery capacity declines. In this case, heating films
are installed to ensure that the storage batteries work in a proper temperature
range. Heating films are optional and can be configured in an IBBS200D/IBBS20D/
BBC5200D.
Exterior
The following table lists the configurations of AC and DC heating films in different
cabinets.
Table 1-236 Configurations of heating films

Illustration Cabinet Maximum Description
Quantity in a
Cabinet
Figure 1-317 ● IBBS200D 2 Two AC heating

(Ver.C) films are installed
● IBBS200D on the upper and
(Ver.D) lower pallets of a
cabinet.
Figure 1-317 IBBS20D 1 One DC heating

film is installed on
the pallet in the
front door of a
cabinet.
Figure 1-318 IBBS200D (Ver.E) 1 One AC heating

BBC5200D film is installed on
the lower pallet
of a cabinet.

Figure 1-317 Exterior of a heating film (1)
Figure 1-318 Exterior of a heating film (2)
A: The 220 V AC power cable for a heating film B: The 110 V AC power cable for a heating film
consists of a brown L wire, a blue N wire, and a consists of a black L wire, a gray N wire, and a
green and yellow PE wire. green PE wire.
The following table lists the technical specifications of an AC heating film.

Table 1-237 Technical specifications of an AC heating film

Item Specifications
IBBS200D (Ver.C)/ BBC5200D/IBBS200D (Ver.E)

IBBS200D (Ver.D)
Dimensions 350 mm x 250 mm (13.78 526 mm x 333 mm x 28 mm

in. x 9.84 in.) (20.71 in. x 13.11 in. x 1.1 in.)
Cross-sectional 18 AWG ● In most regions: 3x1.5 mm

area of a cable 2 (0.0023 in. 2)
● In other regions: 3x16

AWG
Temperature < 1°C±6°C (33.8°F±10.8°F) < 0°C±6°C (32°F±10.8°F)

range when the
module starts
working
Temperature > 15°C±3°C (59°F±5.4°F) > 15°C±3°C (59°F±5.4°F)

range when the
module stops
working
Rated heating 100 W 280 W (maximum heating

power power)
Rated operating 220 V AC 220 V AC or 110 V AC

voltage
The following table lists the technical specifications of a DC heating film.
Table 1-238 Technical specifications of a DC heating film

Item Specifications
Dimensions 195 mm x 120 mm (7.68 in. x 4.72 in.)
Cross-sectional area of a cable 22 AWG
Temperature range when the module < 0°C±0.5°C (32°F±0.9°F)

starts working
Temperature range when the module > 15°C±0.5°C (59°F±0.9°F)

stops working
Rated heating power 90 W
Rated operating voltage -48 V DC

1.7.4 TEC in an IBBS200T/IBBS300T/BBC5200T/BBC5300T

A TEC can be installed in an IBBS200T/IBBS300T/BBC5200T/BBC5300T to
refrigerate the cabinet and ensure normal operation of the cabinet in high-
temperature areas.
Exterior
The TECs in an IBBS200T/IBBS300T/BBC5200T/BBC5300T are on cabinet doors and
have the same exteriors. The following figure uses the TEC in an IBBS200T as an
example.
Figure 1-319 Exterior of a TEC in an IBBS200T
(1) Outer air circulation fan (2) Inner air circulation fan
The technical specifications of a TEC in an IBBS200T/IBBS300T/BBC5200T/
BBC5300T are as follows:
● If there is a sun shield, and the ambient temperature is 50°C (122°F) without
solar radiation, a TEC ensures that the temperature in a cabinet is less than or
equal to 40°C (104°F) when storage batteries are in float charging mode and
less than or equal to 45°C (113°F) when storage batteries are in equalized
charging mode.
● If there is no sun shield, and the ambient temperature is 50°C (122°F) with
solar radiation of 1120 W/m2, a TEC ensures that the temperature in a cabinet
is less than or equal to 45°C (113°F) when storage batteries are in float
charging mode and less than or equal to 50°C (122°F) when storage batteries
are in equalized charging mode.

● When the ambient temperature is 32°C (89.6°F) and there is no temperature

difference between the air intake vent at the hot side and that at the cold
side of the TEC, the following conditions must be met:
– For Ver.B, Ver.C, and Ver.D cabinets, the refrigeration power is greater
than or equal to 190 W (±10%) and the COP is greater than or equal to
0.5.
– For Ver.E cabinets, the refrigeration power is greater than or equal to 250
W (±5%) and the COP is greater than or equal to 0.5.
1.7.5 TEC in an IBBS700T

A TEC can be installed in an IBBS700T to refrigerate the cabinet and ensure
normal operation of the cabinet in high-temperature areas.
Exterior
The following figure shows the TEC in the IBBS700T.
Figure 1-320 Exterior of a TEC
The technical specifications of a TEC in an IBBS700T are as follows:
● Obtains -48 V DC power from the power distribution box in the middle of the
cabinet.
● Has the low-voltage disconnect (LVD) function and the LVD threshold is 44 V.
The leakage current is less than 5 mA after the LVD.

1.7.6 HAU01A-01
An HAU01A-01 is a heater and ensures that devices in a cabinet work at a proper
temperature. An HAU01A-01 can be installed in a BBC5300D, BTS3900AL (Ver.A),
IBBS300D, or IBBS700D cabinet.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an HAU01A-01.
Figure 1-321 Exterior of an HAU01A-01
Panel
The following figure shows an HAU01A-01 panel.
Figure 1-322 HAU01A-01 panel
Port
The following table describes the ports on an HAU01A-01.

Table 1-239 Ports on the HAU01A-01

No. Silkscree Item Description
n
(2) COM_IN RS485 port for The RJ45 connector is used and only
communicating RS485 signals are supported.
with an upper-
level device
(3) COM_O RS485 port for The RJ45 connector is used and only
UT communicating RS485 signals are supported.
with a lower-
level device
(4) AC_IN AC input The 110 V AC and 220 V AC voltages are

supported.
(5) ALM_ALL Alarm port It monitors Boolean alarms. Boolean

alarms consist of alarms related to heater
faults, including fan faults, board
hardware faults, and temperature sensor
faults.
(6) TEST Test button Reserved
Indicator
The following table describes the indicators on an HAU01A-01 panel.
Table 1-240 Indicators on an HAU01A-01 panel

No. Indica Color Status Meaning
tor
(1) RUN Green Blinking (on The module is functional and

for 1s and communicating with the upper-level
off for 1s) device properly.
Blinking (on The module fails to communicate

for 0.125s with its upper-level device. (It is
and off for considered that a communication
0.125s) failure occurs when the module has
not communicated with the upper-
level device for more than one
minute.)
Steady on The module is in the power-on self-

check state.
Steady off The module is not powered on.
(7) ALM Red Steady off No alarm is generated.

No. Indica Color Status Meaning

tor
Steady on An alarm is generated, and the heater

must be replaced.
1.7.7 HAU03A-02
An HAU03A-02 is an AC heater and ensures that devices in a cabinet work at a
proper temperature. An HAU03A-02 can be installed in a BBC5200D-L/BBC5600D/
BBC5600D-V/BBC5600A/BBC5600A-V.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an HAU03A-02.
Figure 1-323 Exterior of an HAU03A-02
Panel
The following figure shows an HAU03A-02 panel.
Figure 1-324 HAU03A-02 panel

Port
The following table describes the ports on an HAU03A-02.
Table 1-241 Ports on the HAU03A-02
No. Silkscreen Item Description
(1) RUN Indicator Indicates the running status of

the heater.
(2) ALM_ALL Dry contact alarm Dry contact alarm output port
port
(3) CONTROL Dry contact control Reserved

port
(4) AC_IN AC input port The 110 V AC and 220 V AC

voltages are supported.
(5) ALM Indicator Indicates the running status of

the heater.
Indicator
The following table describes the indicators on an HAU03A-02 panel.
Table 1-242 Indicators on an HAU03A-02 panel
No. Indicator Color Status Meaning
(1) RUN Green Steady on The heater is properly powered

on and it is detecting its own
status.
(5) ALM Red Steady off No alarm is generated.

heater needs to be replaced.
1.7.8 Outer Air Circulation Assembly

An outer air circulation assembly includes a heat exchanger core and a fan. The
heat exchanger core promotes inner and outer air circulation, and therefore
accelerates air exchanges. In this way, it lowers the operating temperature in a
cabinet and protects the cabinet from dust. The fan dissipates heat from a cabinet.
An outer air circulation assembly can be used in an APM30H/MRE1000/APM5930/
APM5950H/APM5900H/APM5950H-L/APM5900H-L.

Exterior
An outer air circulation assembly in an APM5950H/APM5900H consists of a heat
exchanger core located on the front door and a fan located at the cabinet top, as
shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-325 Exterior of the outer air circulation assembly in an APM5950H/

APM5900H
(1) Heat exchanger core (2) Fan
An outer air circulation assembly in an APM5950H-L/APM5900H-L consists of a

heat exchanger core and a fan located on the front door, as shown in the
following figure.

Figure 1-326 Exterior of the outer air circulation assembly in an APM5950H-L/

APM5900H-L
An outer air circulation assembly in an APM5930 consists of a heat exchanger core

located on the front door and a fan located at the cabinet top, as shown in the
following figure.

Figure 1-327 Exterior of an outer air circulation assembly in an APM5930
An outer air circulation assembly in an APM30H is located on the inner side of the
front door. The exterior of such an outer air circulation assembly is shown in the
following figure.

Figure 1-328 Exterior of an outer air circulation assembly in an APM30H
An outer air circulation assembly in an MRE1000 is located on the inner side of

the cabinet side door. The exterior of such an outer air circulation assembly is
shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-329 Exterior of an outer air circulation assembly in an MRE1000
1.7.9 PC300D-1 Air Conditioner

A PC300D-1 can be installed in a BBC5600A or BBC5600A-V to cool the cabinet
and ensure normal operation of the cabinet in high-temperature areas.

Exterior
The PC300D-1 is installed on the cabinet door. The following figure uses the
BBC5600A as an example.
Figure 1-330 Exteriors of the PC300D-1
(1) Air conditioner exterior 1 (2) Air conditioner exterior 2
NOTE
The PC300D-1 has two different exteriors but provides the same functions. If you have any
questions, contact Huawei engineers.
The following shows the technical specifications of the PC300D-1.

Table 1-243 Technical specifications of the PC300D-1

Item Technical Specifications Technical Specifications (Air
(Air Conditioner Exterior Conditioner Exterior 2)
1)
Rated -48 V DC -48 V DC

voltage
Rated 345 W (L35/L35) 300 W (L35/L35)

cooling
capacity
Rated 113 W (L35/L35) 100 W (L35/L35)

cooling
power
1.7.10 Inner Air Circulation Fan

The inner air circulation fan promotes inner and outer air circulation to lower the
operating temperature in a cabinet and protect the cabinet from dust. The inner
air circulation fan can be used in the IBBS700T.
The inner air circulation fan is located on the inner side at the top of the cabinet's
front door, which is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-331 Inner air circulation fan

1.7.11 Outer Air Circulation Fan

The outer air circulation fan promotes inner and outer air circulation, and
therefore accelerates air exchanges. In this way, it lowers the operating
temperature in a cabinet and protects the cabinet from dust. The outer air
circulation fan can be used in the IBBS700T.
The outer air circulation fan is located on the inner side at the bottom of the
cabinet's front door, which is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-332 Outer air circulation fan
1.7.12 Fan Mounting Frame

A fan mounting frame contains a fan, which accelerates the inner and outer air
circulation of a cabinet to ensure that the cabinet works within an appropriate
temperature range. This allows the batteries to work properly. A fan mounting
frame can be installed in any of the following cabinets: BBC5600D/BBC5600D-V/
BBC5200D/BBC5300D/BBC5200D-L/IBBS200D (Ver.C)/IBBS200D (Ver.D)/IBBS200D
(Ver.E)/IBBS300D (Ver.A)/IBBS20D/IBBS700D.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of the fan mounting frame in an IBBS200D
(Ver.E_B~D), IBBS200D (Ver.C), and BBC5200D-L.

Figure 1-333 Exterior of a fan mounting frame
Fan mounting frames in an IBBS200D (Ver.D), IBBS200D (Ver.E), BBC5200D,

BBC5300D, and IBBS300D (Ver.A) have the same exteriors. The following figure
uses an IBBS200D (Ver.D) as an example.
The following figure shows the exterior of the fan mounting frame in an IBBS20D.

The following figure shows the exterior of the fan mounting frame in an
IBBS700D.

Function
A fan mounting frame performs the following functions:
● The fan promotes the inner and outer air circulation of the cabinet to ensure
that the cabinet works within an appropriate temperature range. This allows
the batteries to work properly.
● The monitoring board installed in a fan mounting frame in a BBC5200D,
BBC5300D, BBC5200D-L, IBBS200D (Ver.C), IBBS200D (Ver.D), or IBBS300D
(Ver.A) collects alarm signals from the door status sensor, battery temperature
sensor, fan, and smoke sensor in the cabinet, and reports these alarm signals
to the PMU through an RS485 signal cable.
Signal Cable Delivered with a Fan

Exterior
The fan in a BBC5200D, BBC5300D, BBC5200D-L, IBBS200D (Ver.C), IBBS200D
(Ver.D), or IBBS300D (Ver.A) is delivered with a signal cable. The following figure
shows the exterior of such a signal cable.
Figure 1-337 Exterior of a signal cable delivered with a fan
NOTE
The signal cable delivered with a fan feeds power into the fan and transmits monitoring
information.
Cable description
The following table describes a signal cable delivered with a fan.
Table 1-244 Cable description

Cable A Color Description
End
W1 A.1 Red Connects to the positive pole of the power supply
W2 A.2 Yello Imports PWM speed-adjusting signals

w
W3 A.3 Blue Exports alarm or speed signals
W4 A.4 Black Connects to the negative pole of the power supply
NOTE
The color of the signal cable delivered with a fan varies by manufacturer.

1.8 Environment Monitoring Devices

This section describes environment monitoring devices and types of cabinets
supported by the environment monitoring devices.
1.8.1 Door Status Sensor

A door status sensor monitors whether a cabinet door is open or closed and can
be used in any of the following cabinets: APM5950H/APM5900H/APM5950H-L/
APM5900H-L/APM5930/BTS3900AL (Ver.A)/OMB (Ver.C)/APM30H/RFC/TMC11H/
BBC5200D/BBC5200T/BBC5300D/BBC5300T/BBC5200D-L/BBC5600D/BBC5600D-V/
BBC5600A/BBC5600A-V/IBBS200D/IBBS200T/IBBS300D/IBBS300T/IBBS20D/
IBBS700D/IBBS700T.
Exterior
The door status sensor consists of a magnet and a switch. The following figure
shows the exterior of the magnet for a door status sensor.
Figure 1-338 Exterior of the magnet for a door status sensor
(1) Shell of the magnet (2) Magnet
The following figure shows the exterior of the switch for a door status sensor.

Figure 1-339 Exterior of the switch for a door status sensor
Installation Position
The door status sensors in a BTS3900AL (Ver.A) cabinet, IBBS700D, and IBBS700T
are located in the same positions. The following figure uses a BTS3900AL (Ver.A)
cabinet as an example.
Figure 1-340 Position of the door status sensor in a BTS3900AL (Ver.A)

Figure 1-341 Position of the door status sensor in an OMB (Ver.C)
The door status sensors in an APM5950H/APM5900H/APM5950H-L/APM5900H-L/

APM5930/APM30H/RFC/TMC11H/BBC5200D/BBC5200T/BBC5300D/BBC5300T/
BBC5200D-L/BBC5600D/BBC5600D-V/BBC5600A/BBC5600A-V/IBBS200D/
IBBS200T/IBBS300D/IBBS300T/IBBS20D are located in the same positions. The
following figure uses an APM30H (Ver.D) as an example.

Figure 1-342 Position of the door status sensor in an APM30H (Ver.D)
1.8.2 Temperature Sensor

A temperature sensor monitors the temperature and can be installed in an
APM5950H/APM5900H/APM5930/BTS3900AL (Ver.A)/RFC/IBBS200T/IBBS200D/
IBBS300T/IBBS300D/OMB (Ver.C)/IBBS700T/IBBS700D/IMS06/BBC5200D/
BBC5200T/BBC5300D/BBC5300T/BBC5200D-L/BBC5600D/BBC5600D-V/BBC5600A/
BBC5600A-V.
Exterior
The temperature sensor used in an IMS06 subrack is shown by illustration 1 in the
following figure. The temperature sensor used in a cabinet is shown by illustration
2 in the following figure.

Figure 1-343 Exterior of a temperature sensor
(1) 2-pin connector (2) Temperature sensor (3) OT terminal (M6) (4) 4-pin connector
The following figure shows the position of the temperature sensor in an
APM5950H/APM5900H.
Figure 1-344 Position of the temperature sensor in an APM5950H/APM5900H
The following figure shows the position of the temperature sensor in an APM5930.

Figure 1-345 Position of the temperature sensor in an APM5930
The following figure shows the position of the temperature sensor in a BTS3900AL
(Ver.A) cabinet.
Figure 1-346 Position of the temperature sensor in a BTS3900AL (Ver.A)
The following figure shows the position of the temperature sensor in an IBBS700D.

Figure 1-347 Position of the temperature sensor in an IBBS700D
The following figure shows the position of the temperature sensor in an IBBS700T.

Figure 1-348 Position of the temperature sensor in an IBBS700T
The following figure shows the position of the temperature sensor in an RFC
(Ver.D). The position of the temperature sensor in an RFC (Ver.C), RFC (Ver.D), and
RFC (Ver.E) is the same.

Figure 1-349 Position of the temperature sensor in an RFC (Ver.D)
The following figure shows the position of the temperature sensor in an IBBS200T
(Ver.D). The position of the temperature sensor in an IBBS200T (Ver.D), IBBS200T
(Ver.C), and IBBS200T (Ver.E) is the same.

Figure 1-350 Position of the temperature sensor in an IBBS200T (Ver.D)
The position of the temperature sensor in an IBBS200D (Ver.C)/IBBS200D (Ver.D)/

IBBS200D (Ver.E)/BBC5200D/BBC5200T/BBC5200D-L/BBC5600D/BBC5600D-V/
BBC5600A/BBC5600A-V is the same. The following figure uses an IBBS200D
(Ver.D) as an example.

Figure 1-351 Position of the temperature sensor in an IBBS200D (Ver.D)
The following figure shows the position of the temperature sensor in an IBBS300T
(Ver.A) or BBC5300T.
Figure 1-352 Position of the temperature sensor in an IBBS300T (Ver.A)

The following figure shows the position of the temperature sensor in an IBBS300D
(Ver.A) or BBC5300D.
Figure 1-353 Position of the temperature sensor in an IBBS300D (Ver.A)
The following figure shows the position of the temperature sensor in an OMB
(Ver.C).
Figure 1-354 Position of the temperature sensor in an OMB (Ver.C)

NOTE
The cables for the temperature sensor in an OMB are described in Monitoring Signal Cable
for the OMB Fan Assembly.
The following figure shows the position of the temperature sensor in an IMS06
subrack.
Figure 1-355 Position of the temperature sensor in an IMS06 subrack
The following table lists the technical specifications of a temperature sensor.
Table 1-245 Technical specifications of a temperature sensor

Item Specifications
Operating voltage 3 V DC to 5.5 V DC
Temperature measurement range -55°C to +125°C (-67°F to +257°F)
Temperature measurement deviation ±2°C (±3.6°F)

1.8.3 Smoke Sensor

Huawei base stations are configured with the SD-09A-HW smoke sensor. It is a
photoelectric smoke detector of the voltage type.
Exterior of the Smoke Sensor

Figure 1-356 shows the exterior of the SD-09A-HW smoke sensor.
Figure 1-356 Exterior of the SD-09A-HW smoke sensor
NOTE
The SD-09A-HW smoke sensor is delivered with a cable with a length of 10 m (32.80 ft).
Working Principle of the Smoke Sensor

When an alarm is generated on the smoke sensor, the red indicator is steady on.
After the system is powered on after being powered off for a moment or after the
system is reset, the indicator is blinking. This indicates that the smoke sensor
returns to the normal state. The following table describes the indicator.
Table 1-246 Indicator on the smoke sensor

Indicator Meaning Status
Red indicator Alarm Steady on
No alarm Blinking
Technical Specifications of the Smoke Sensor

The following table lists the technical specifications of the SD-09A-HW smoke
sensor.

Table 1-247 Technical specifications of the SD-09A-HW smoke sensor
Item Specifications
Dimensions 74.8 mm x 58.8 mm x 30.4 mm (2.94

in. x 2.31 in. x 1.20 in.)
Weight About 60 g (0.13 lb)
Installation height ≤ 12 m (39.37 ft)
Operating voltage +12 V DC or +24 V DC (Standard

voltage range: +9 V DC to +27 V DC)
Operating current ● When the operating voltage is +12

V DC, the operating current is less
than 40 uA.
● When the operating voltage is +24
V DC, the operating current is less
than 60 uA.
Operating temperature –10°C to +55°C (14°F to 131°F)
Operating humidity ≤ 95% (40°C±2°C [104°F±3.6°F], no

condensing)
1.8.4 Humidity/Temperature Sensor

Huawei base stations are configured with the WS302A1T4 humidity/temperature
sensor.
Exterior of the Humidity/Temperature Sensor

Figure 1-357 shows the exterior of the WS302A1T4 humidity/temperature sensor.
Figure 1-357 Exterior of the WS302A1T4 humidity/temperature sensor
NOTE
The WS302A1T4 humidity/temperature sensor is delivered with a cable with a length of 3

m (9.84 ft).

Working Principle of the Humidity/Temperature Sensor

The WS302A1T4 humidity/temperature sensor uses a Pt1000 thermistor as the
temperature sensing component and a macromolecular humidity-sensitive
capacitor as the humidity sensing component. The WS302A1T4 humidity/
temperature sensor uses the SMT craftsmanship, and it is installed on the wall.
Technical Specifications of the Humidity/Temperature Sensor

Table 1-248 lists the technical specifications of the WS302A1T4 humidity/
temperature sensor.
Table 1-248 Technical specifications of the WS302A1T4 humidity/temperature

sensor
Specification
Item
Temperature Sensor Humidity Sensor
Measureme –20°C to +80°C (–4°F to

0% RH to 100% RH
nt range +176°F)
≤ ±3% RH (ambient
≤ ±0.3°C (0.54°F) (ambient temperature: 25°C [77°F],
Precision
temperature: 25°C [77°F]) ambient humidity: 30% RH to
80% RH)
Power
supply 12 V DC to 24 V DC
voltage
Signal
4 mA to 20 mA (in linear response to the measurement range)
output
Sample ≤ 500 Ω (≤ 250 Ω when power supply is 12 V DC)

resistance
Sensitive S128 macromolecular

Pt1000 thermistor
components humidity-sensitive capacitor
Working
–20°C to +80°C (–4°F to +176°F)
temperature
Storage
–40°C to +80°C [–40°F to +176°F] (no condensation)
temperature
Shell
PC engineering plastic
material
1.8.5 (Optional) EMUB

An environment monitoring unit type B (EMUB) provides functions such as cabinet
environment variable monitoring and alarm handling. It can be used in an
APM5930/BTS3900AL (Ver.A)/APM5950H/APM5900H/APM5950H-L/APM5900H-L/
APM30H/TMC11H.

An EMUB is connected to the main equipment through a monitoring signal cable

to monitor the environment of the equipment room and cabinet. An EMUB
monitors the following items:
● Environment, including temperature, humidity, water, and smoke
● Invasion (by using infrared and door status sensors)
● Boolean signal monitoring
For detailed structure and functions of the EMUB, see EMUB User Guide.
1.9 Other Devices

This section describes other devices besides power equipment, monitoring devices,
surge protection devices, temperature control devices, and environment
monitoring devices.
1.9.1 (Optional) GATM

A GSM antenna and TMA control module (GATM) controls the RET antenna, feeds
power to the TMA, reports alarms about control signals of the RET antenna, and
monitors the feeding current. A GATM is installed along with the DRFU.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a GATM.
Figure 1-358 Exterior of a GATM
Port
The following table describes the ports and socket on a GATM.
Table 1-249 Ports and socket on a GATM
Silkscreen Connector Description
ANT0 to ANT5 SMA female connector Feeds power into the TMA and
transmits RET control signals.
COM1 RJ45 connector Connects the GATM to the BBU.
COM2 RJ45 connector Provides an extended RS485 port

to be cascaded with other devices.
-48 V 3V3 connector Receives -48 V power

Indicator
The following table describes the indicators on a GATM.
Table 1-250 Indicators on a GATM

RUN Green Blinking (on for 2s The power input is normal but
and off for 2s) the communication with the
BBU is abnormal.
Blinking (on for 1s The GATM is functioning

and off for 1s) properly and communicates
with the BBU properly.
Steady off There is no power supply or the

module is faulty.
ACT Green Steady on The AISG link is normal.
Steady off The AISG link is abnormal.
Irregularly blinking There is transmission on the

AISG link.
ALM Red Steady on An overcurrent alarm about the

module is generated.
Steady off The module is not reporting

alarms.
1.9.2 (Optional) WGRU

A WCDMA GNSS receiving unit (WGRU) receives and processes the positioning
information and clock synchronization signals to provide clock reference for the
base station. The clock signals along with the positioning information can be
converted into PPS signals and A-GPS positioning information. The WGRU is
optional. It is installed in a dedicated case. Each base station can be configured
with one WGRU.
Exterior
Figure 1-359 shows the exterior of a WGRU. Figure 1-360 shows the exterior of a
WGRU case.

Figure 1-359 Exterior of a WGRU
Figure 1-360 Exterior of a WGRU case
Panel
There are indicators, a reset button, and ports on the front panel of the WGRU, as
shown in Figure 1-361.
There is a power input socket and a GNSS signal input port on the rear panel of a
WGRU, as shown in Figure 1-362.

Figure 1-361 Front panel of a WGRU
Figure 1-362 Rear panel of a WGRU
(1) PGND wiring post
Port
The following table describes the ports on a WGRU panel.
Table 1-251 Ports on a WGRU panel
Position Silkscreen Connector Description
Front panel PPS1 RJ45 connector Transmits PPS

signals.
PPS2 RJ45 connector Reserved
COM1 RJ45 connector Forwards GNSS

information and
BBU interaction,
management,
and maintenance
information.
COM2 RJ45 connector Reserved
CLK1
CLK2
Rear panel POWER Two-hole male Connects to the

connector external power
equipment.

Position Silkscreen Connector Description
ANT Type N female Connects to the

connector GNSS antenna
system.
Indicator
The following table lists the indicators on the front panel of a WGRU.
Table 1-252 Indicators on the front panel of a WGRU

RUN Green Blinking (on for The WGRU is

1s and off for 1s) running properly.
Steady on There is power

supply, but the
WGRU is faulty.

supply, or the
WGRU is faulty.
ALM Red Steady off No alarm is

generated.
Steady on An alarm is
reported,
indicating a fault
during the
operation.
ACT Green Steady on The WGRU has

resolved the
positioning
information.
Steady off The WGRU fails to

resolve the
positioning
information.
1.9.3 ELU
An ELU automatically reports the cabinet type to facilitate troubleshooting. The
ELU can be used in any of the following cabinets: APM5950H/APM5900H/
APM5950H-L/APM5900H-L/APM5930/BTS3900/BTS3900L/BTS5900/BTS5900L/
BTS3900AL/OMB (Ver.C)/IBC10/APM30H series/IBBS200D series/IBBS200T series/
IBBS300D/IBBS300T/BBC5600D/BBC5600D-V/BBC5600A/BBC5600A-V/BBC5200D/

BBC5200T/BBC5300D/BBC5300T/BBC5200D-L/IBBS20D/IBBS700D/IBBS700T/
MRE1000.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an ELU.
Figure 1-363 Exterior of an ELU
(1) Shell (2) RJ45 port
NOTE
An ELU used in a BTS3900 or BTS3900L cabinet does not have a shell.
The following figures show the positions of ELUs in cabinets.
Figure 1-364 Position of the ELU in a BTS3900 cabinet

Figure 1-365 Position of the ELU in a BTS3900L cabinet
In an APM5950H/APM5900H/APM5950H-L/APM5900H-L/APM5930/APM30H/
TMC11H/RFC, an ELU is installed on the inner right wall of the cabinet. In a
BBC5600D/BBC5600D-V/BBC5600A/BBC5600A-V/BBC5200D/BBC5200T/BBC5300D/
BBC5300T/BBC5200D-L/IBBS200D/IBBS200T/IBBS300D/IBBS300T, an ELU is
installed on the inner left wall of the cabinet. The following figures show the
positions of ELUs in an APM5950H/APM5950H-L/BBC5600D/BBC5600D-V.

Figure 1-366 Position of the ELU in an APM5950H
Figure 1-367 Position of the ELU in an APM5950H-L

Figure 1-368 Position of the ELU in a BBC5600D
Figure 1-369 Position of the ELU in a BBC5600D-V

Figure 1-370 Position of the ELU in a BBC5600A
Figure 1-371 Position of the ELU in a BBC5600A-V

Figure 1-372 Position of the ELU in a BTS3900AL cabinet
Figure 1-373 Position of the ELU in an IBBS700D/IBBS700T
NOTE
● In an IBBS700D, the ELU is located above a cabinet control unit (CCU) when a CCU is
installed in the cabinet or on the right of a central monitoring unit type EA (CMUEA)
when no CCU is installed in the cabinet.
● In an IBBS700T, the ELU is located above a CCU when a CCU is installed in the cabinet
or on the left of a central monitoring unit type F (CMUF) when no CCU is installed in
the cabinet.

Figure 1-374 Position of the ELU in an IBC10
Figure 1-375 Position of the ELU in an IBBS20D

Figure 1-376 Position of the ELU in an MRE1000
1.9.4 (Optional) SOU

A service outlet unit (SOU) transfers AC power supply and can be installed in the
space for customer equipment of an APM5950H/APM5900H/APM5950H-L/
APM5900H-L/APM5930/APM30H.
Exterior
An SOU is 1 U high. The following figure shows the exterior of an SOU.
Figure 1-377 Exterior of an SOU
(1) Power input port (2) Circuit breaker (3) Socket (European
standard)
An SOU applies to different types of sockets for different countries. The supported
sockets meet the following standards: North American standard, European

standard, universal standard, and British standard. The following figure shows the
exteriors of different types of sockets.
Figure 1-378 Exteriors of different types of sockets
(1) North American (2) European standard (3) Universal standard (4) British standard
standard
The following table lists the technical specifications of an SOU.
Table 1-253 Technical specifications of an SOU

Item Specifications
Dimensions (H x W x D) 55 mm x 482.6 mm x 91 mm (2.17 in.

x 19 in. x 3.58 in.)
Input voltage range 200 V AC to 240 V AC
Output voltage range 200 V AC to 240 V AC
Maximum output current 10 A
Working frequency 50 Hz/60 Hz
Altitudea ≤ 4000 m (13123.20 ft)
a: Above the altitude of 3000 m (9842.40 ft), the maximum operating

temperature drops by 1°C (1.8°F) as the altitude increases by 100 m (328.08 ft).
1.9.5 (Optional) DDF

A digital distribution frame (DDF) connects the trunk cables between a
communication device and transmission equipment and also connects the

communication device and an external alarm cable. A DDF can be installed in

installation space for user equipment in an APM30H, BTS3900AL (Ver.A), or
TMC11H.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a DDF.
Figure 1-379 Exterior of a DDF
(1) Alarm module (2) Digital distribution (3) Wall mounting (4) Baffle plate
module bracket
Function
A DDF provides the following functions:
● Supports installation in a 19-inch rack and provides attachments for
installation.
● Supports transfer of eight E1 cables and 16 alarm cables. (Each E1 cable is
grounded.)
● Supports front-side wire seating to facilitate maintenance.
The following table lists the technical specifications of a DDF.
Table 1-254 Technical specifications of a DDF
Item Specifications
Dimensions (H x W x D) 44 mm x 483 mm x 59 mm (1.73 in. x

19.02 in. x 2.32 in.)

Item Specifications
Working rate 2 Mbit/s
Characteristic impedance 120 ohms
Inter-wire-bundle cross noise ≥ 60 dB

prevention class
Insertion loss ≤ 0.4 dB
Return loss ≥ 18 dB
1.9.6 (Optional) Filler Module

A filler module is a standard plastic component. When a cabinet is configured with
one or more BBUs, filler modules can be installed in the reserved customer space
below the BBUs to improve the heat dissipation of the cabinet. Filler modules can
be installed in the customer space of a TMC11H (Ver.C), APM30H (Ver.C), or
BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) cabinet.
Exterior
A filler module is 1 U high. The following figure shows the exterior of a filler
module.
Figure 1-380 Exterior of a filler module
Function
A filler module is installed in the customer space below the BBU to prevent heat
reflux in the empty space below the BBU.
NOTE
In an APM30H, TMC11H, or BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) cabinet, the filler module is configured in

the customer space by default. Before installing other modules, you can first remove the
filler module. For details about removing a filler module, see section ""Installing Optional
Modules and Cables"" in the corresponding "installation guide".

1.9.7 (Optional) Air Baffle

When multiple BBUs are stacked, it is recommended that 1 U space be reserved
between adjacent BBUs and an air baffle be installed under each BBU. An air
baffle can be used in an APM5950H/APM5900H/APM5950H-L/APM5900H-L/19-
inch rack.
Exterior
An air baffle is 1 U high. The following figure shows the exterior of an air baffle in
a 19-inch rack.
Figure 1-381 Exterior of an air baffle (1)
The following figure shows the exterior of an air baffle in an APM5950H series
cabinet.
Figure 1-382 Exterior of an air baffle (2)
Function
When multiple BBUs are stacked, the air baffle helps prevent hot air from
reflowing and increase the air at the air intake vent of each BBU.
1.9.8 ODM06D
The outdoor distribution module DC 6 (ODM06D) is a power distribution box with
the surge protection function. It supplies power to and provides surge protection
for outdoor RRUs. An ODM06D can be installed on a mounting frame or pole.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an ODM06D.

Figure 1-383 Exterior of an ODM06D
Function
The ODM06D performs the following functions:
● Provides surge protection and power output for RRUs that are installed
outdoors.
● Provides one or two power inputs and 6x32 A power outputs.
● Supports a maximum current of 100 A.
● Reports the surge protection failure alarm.
Interior
The following figure shows the interior of an ODM06D.

Figure 1-384 Interior of an ODM06D
(1) Protective cover (2) Housing cover (3) Cable connector (4) Circuit breaker
making label
(5) Surge protector (6) Cord end terminal (7) Clip -

bar
The following table lists the technical specifications of an ODM06D.
Table 1-255 ODM06D technical specifications
Item Specifications
Dimensions (H x W x D) 369 mm x 278.5 mm x 98.5 mm (14.53

in. x 10.96 in. x 3.88 in.)
Surge protection specifications 25 kA (10/350 μs)
1.9.9 OFD06
The outdoor fiber distribution 6 (OFD06) distributes trunk fiber optic cables on the
RRU side. The OFD06 can be installed flexibly. For example, it can be installed on
an outdoor wall, pole, or tower.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an OFD06.

Figure 1-385 Exterior of an OFD06
Port
The following figure shows the ports and interior of an OFD06.
Figure 1-386 Ports of an OFD06
(1) Case (2) Fiber optic cable (3) Optical fiber routed-in area
distribution and storage area
(4) Feeder fiber optic cable (5) Outdoor optical jumper -

(connected to the indoor fiber (connected to RRUs)
distribution box)
The following table lists the technical specifications of an OFD06.

Table 1-256 OFD06 technical specifications

Item Specifications
Dimensions (H x W x D) 270 mm x 278 mm x 100 mm (10.63

in. x 10.94 in. x 3.94 in.)
Input (core) 1 x 12 core
Output (core) 6 x 2 core (6 RRUs)

3900 & 5900 Series Base Station Component Description (10) (PDF) - EN

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

3900 & 5900 Series Base Station Component Description (10) (PDF) - EN

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

3900 & 5900 Series Base Station Component Description (10) (PDF) - EN

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

3900 & 5900 Series Base Station

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Trademarks and Permissions

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 10 (2022-08-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. i

1 3900 & 5900 Series Base Station Component Description............................................ 1

Issue 10 (2022-08-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. ii

1.4.7.2 EPU02S Subrack.............................................................................................................................................................. 87

Issue 10 (2022-08-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. iii

1.4.22 AC Power Distribution Box in an MRE1000.........................................................................................................178

Issue 10 (2022-08-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. iv

1.4.31.7 Power Distribution Box in an IBBS200D (Ver.C) or IBBS200T (Ver.C).....................................................259

Issue 10 (2022-08-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. v

1.7.1.12 FAN02K......................................................................................................................................................................... 355

Issue 10 (2022-08-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. vi

1 3900 & 5900 Series Base Station

Product Name Solution Version Product Version

5900 series base stations

Issue 10 (2022-08-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 1

Unless otherwise specified, cabinets, components, and RATs involved in this

IBC10 SRAN8.1/GBSS15.1/ V100R008C01 and later

● BBU3910 SRAN9.0/GBSS16.0/ V100R009C00 and later

● BBU3910A SRAN10.0/GBSS17.0/ V100R010C00 and later

IBBS20L SRAN11.0/GBSS18.0/ V100R011C00 and later

● IBBS20L-E SRAN11.1/GBSS18.1/ V100R011C10 and later

RMU3900A SRAN12.0/GBSS19.0/ V100R012C00 and later

● EPU02D SRAN12.1/GBSS19.1/ V100R012C10 and later

● BTS3900 (Ver.E_A~D) SRAN12.1/GBSS19.1/ V100R012C10 and later

● BTS5900 (Ver.A) SRAN12.1/GBSS19.1/ V100R012C10 and later

Issue 10 (2022-08-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2

Item Solution Version Product Version

● APM5930 SRAN12.1/GBSS19.1/ V100R012C10 and later

● BBC5200D-L SRAN15.1/GBSS21.1/ V100R015C10 and later

● INS05 SRAN16.0/GBSS22.0/ V100R016C00 and later

● EPU02B SRAN16.1/GBSS22.1/ V100R016C10 and later

DCDU16D-02 SRAN17.0/GBSS23.0/ V100R017C00 and later

● APM5950H SRAN18.1/GBSS24.1/ V100R018C10 and later

Issue 10 (2022-08-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 3

1.1 Changes in 3900 & 5900 Series Base Station

Topic Change Description

Issue 10 (2022-08-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 4

Issue 10 (2022-08-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 5

Topic Change Description

● 1.4.4.2 DCDU16D-02 Added descriptions of

Issue 10 (2022-08-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 6

Topic Change Description

1.4.34 Battery Deleted descriptions of the lithium

Topic Change Description

1.4.34 Battery Added descriptions of the

Issue 10 (2022-08-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 7

Topic Change Description

Issue 10 (2022-08-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 8

Topic Change Description

● 1.4.31.5 Power Distribution Box in Deleted descriptions of the BBC5200T-

● BBC5200T-L Air Conditioner

● BBC5200T-L Air Conditioner

Topic Change Description

● 1.4.31.5 Power Distribution Box in Added descriptions of the BBC5200T-L